Project import
diff --git a/.mailmap b/.mailmap
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..658003a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.mailmap
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+#
+# This list is used by git-shortlog to fix a few botched name translations
+# in the git archive, either because the author's full name was messed up
+# and/or not always written the same way, making contributions from the
+# same person appearing not to be so or badly displayed.
+#
+# repo-abbrev: /pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/
+#
+
+Aaron Durbin <adurbin@google.com>
+Adam Oldham <oldhamca@gmail.com>
+Adam Radford <aradford@gmail.com>
+Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
+Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
+Alan Cox <root@hraefn.swansea.linux.org.uk>
+Aleksey Gorelov <aleksey_gorelov@phoenix.com>
+Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk>
+Al Viro <viro@zenIV.linux.org.uk>
+Andreas Herrmann <aherrman@de.ibm.com>
+Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
+Andrew Vasquez <andrew.vasquez@qlogic.com>
+Andy Adamson <andros@citi.umich.edu>
+Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
+Arnaud Patard <arnaud.patard@rtp-net.org>
+Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
+Axel Dyks <xl@xlsigned.net>
+Axel Lin <axel.lin@gmail.com>
+Ben Gardner <bgardner@wabtec.com>
+Ben M Cahill <ben.m.cahill@intel.com>
+Björn Steinbrink <B.Steinbrink@gmx.de>
+Brian Avery <b.avery@hp.com>
+Brian King <brking@us.ibm.com>
+Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
+Corey Minyard <minyard@acm.org>
+Damian Hobson-Garcia <dhobsong@igel.co.jp>
+David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>
+David Woodhouse <dwmw2@shinybook.infradead.org>
+Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
+Domen Puncer <domen@coderock.org>
+Douglas Gilbert <dougg@torque.net>
+Ed L. Cashin <ecashin@coraid.com>
+Evgeniy Polyakov <johnpol@2ka.mipt.ru>
+Felipe W Damasio <felipewd@terra.com.br>
+Felix Kuhling <fxkuehl@gmx.de>
+Felix Moeller <felix@derklecks.de>
+Filipe Lautert <filipe@icewall.org>
+Franck Bui-Huu <vagabon.xyz@gmail.com>
+Frank Zago <fzago@systemfabricworks.com>
+Greg Kroah-Hartman <greg@echidna.(none)>
+Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
+Greg Kroah-Hartman <greg@kroah.com>
+Henk Vergonet <Henk.Vergonet@gmail.com>
+Henrik Kretzschmar <henne@nachtwindheim.de>
+Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
+Jacob Shin <Jacob.Shin@amd.com>
+James Bottomley <jejb@mulgrave.(none)>
+James Bottomley <jejb@titanic.il.steeleye.com>
+James E Wilson <wilson@specifix.com>
+James Ketrenos <jketreno@io.(none)>
+Jean Tourrilhes <jt@hpl.hp.com>
+Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pretzel.yyz.us>
+Jens Axboe <axboe@suse.de>
+Jens Osterkamp <Jens.Osterkamp@de.ibm.com>
+John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
+Juha Yrjola <at solidboot.com>
+Juha Yrjola <juha.yrjola@nokia.com>
+Juha Yrjola <juha.yrjola@solidboot.com>
+Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
+Kenneth W Chen <kenneth.w.chen@intel.com>
+Koushik <raghavendra.koushik@neterion.com>
+Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
+Leonid I Ananiev <leonid.i.ananiev@intel.com>
+Linas Vepstas <linas@austin.ibm.com>
+Mark Brown <broonie@sirena.org.uk>
+Matthieu CASTET <castet.matthieu@free.fr>
+Mayuresh Janorkar <mayur@ti.com>
+Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
+Michel Dänzer <michel@tungstengraphics.com>
+Mitesh shah <mshah@teja.com>
+Morten Welinder <terra@gnome.org>
+Morten Welinder <welinder@anemone.rentec.com>
+Morten Welinder <welinder@darter.rentec.com>
+Morten Welinder <welinder@troll.com>
+Mythri P K <mythripk@ti.com>
+Nguyen Anh Quynh <aquynh@gmail.com>
+Paolo 'Blaisorblade' Giarrusso <blaisorblade@yahoo.it>
+Patrick Mochel <mochel@digitalimplant.org>
+Peter A Jonsson <pj@ludd.ltu.se>
+Peter Oruba <peter@oruba.de>
+Peter Oruba <peter.oruba@amd.com>
+Praveen BP <praveenbp@ti.com>
+Rajesh Shah <rajesh.shah@intel.com>
+Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
+Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
+Rémi Denis-Courmont <rdenis@simphalempin.com>
+Rudolf Marek <R.Marek@sh.cvut.cz>
+Rui Saraiva <rmps@joel.ist.utl.pt>
+Sachin P Sant <ssant@in.ibm.com>
+Sam Ravnborg <sam@mars.ravnborg.org>
+Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
+S.Çağlar Onur <caglar@pardus.org.tr>
+Simon Kelley <simon@thekelleys.org.uk>
+Stéphane Witzmann <stephane.witzmann@ubpmes.univ-bpclermont.fr>
+Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
+Sumit Semwal <sumit.semwal@ti.com>
+Tejun Heo <htejun@gmail.com>
+Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
+Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
+Tsuneo Yoshioka <Tsuneo.Yoshioka@f-secure.com>
+Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@informatik.uni-freiburg.de>
+Uwe Kleine-König <ukl@pengutronix.de>
+Uwe Kleine-König <Uwe.Kleine-Koenig@digi.com>
+Valdis Kletnieks <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu>
+Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com> <viresh.kumar@st.com>
+Takashi YOSHII <takashi.yoshii.zj@renesas.com>
+Yusuke Goda <goda.yusuke@renesas.com>
+Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
+Gustavo Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
diff --git a/.scmversion b/.scmversion
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.scmversion
diff --git a/COPYING b/COPYING
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca442d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/COPYING
@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
+
+   NOTE! This copyright does *not* cover user programs that use kernel
+ services by normal system calls - this is merely considered normal use
+ of the kernel, and does *not* fall under the heading of "derived work".
+ Also note that the GPL below is copyrighted by the Free Software
+ Foundation, but the instance of code that it refers to (the Linux
+ kernel) is copyrighted by me and others who actually wrote it.
+
+ Also note that the only valid version of the GPL as far as the kernel
+ is concerned is _this_ particular version of the license (ie v2, not
+ v2.2 or v3.x or whatever), unless explicitly otherwise stated.
+
+			Linus Torvalds
+
+----------------------------------------
+
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+                       51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+	    How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/CREDITS b/CREDITS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..206d0fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CREDITS
@@ -0,0 +1,3998 @@
+	This is at least a partial credits-file of people that have
+	contributed to the Linux project.  It is sorted by name and
+	formatted to allow easy grepping and beautification by
+	scripts.  The fields are: name (N), email (E), web-address
+	(W), PGP key ID and fingerprint (P), description (D), and
+	snail-mail address (S).
+	Thanks,
+
+			Linus
+----------
+
+N: Matti Aarnio
+E: mea@nic.funet.fi
+D: Alpha systems hacking, IPv6 and other network related stuff
+D: One of assisting postmasters for vger.kernel.org's lists
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: Finland
+
+N: Dragos Acostachioaie
+E: dragos@iname.com
+W: http://www.arbornet.org/~dragos
+D: /proc/sysvipc
+S: C. Negri 6, bl. D3
+S: Iasi 6600
+S: Romania
+
+N: Mark Adler
+E: madler@alumni.caltech.edu
+W: http://alumnus.caltech.edu/~madler/
+D: zlib decompression
+
+N: Monalisa Agrawal
+E: magrawal@nortelnetworks.com
+D: Basic Interphase 5575 driver with UBR and ABR support.
+S: 75 Donald St, Apt 42
+S: Weymouth, MA 02188
+S: USA
+
+N: Dave Airlie
+E: airlied@linux.ie
+W: http://www.csn.ul.ie/~airlied
+D: NFS over TCP patches
+D: in-kernel DRM Maintainer
+S: Longford, Ireland
+S: Sydney, Australia
+
+N: Tigran A. Aivazian
+E: tigran@aivazian.fsnet.co.uk
+W: http://www.moses.uklinux.net/patches
+D: BFS filesystem
+D: Intel IA32 CPU microcode update support
+D: Various kernel patches
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Werner Almesberger
+E: werner@almesberger.net
+W: http://www.almesberger.net/
+D: dosfs, LILO, some fd features, ATM, various other hacks here and there
+S: Buenos Aires
+S: Argentina
+
+N: Tim Alpaerts
+E: tim_alpaerts@toyota-motor-europe.com
+D: 802.2 class II logical link control layer,
+D: the humble start of an opening towards the IBM SNA protocols
+S: Klaproosstraat 72 c 10
+S: B-2610 Wilrijk-Antwerpen
+S: Belgium
+
+N: Anton Altaparmakov
+E: aia21@cantab.net
+W: http://www-stu.christs.cam.ac.uk/~aia21/
+D: Author of new NTFS driver, various other kernel hacks.
+S: Christ's College
+S: Cambridge CB2 3BU
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: C. Scott Ananian
+E: cananian@alumni.princeton.edu
+W: http://www.pdos.lcs.mit.edu/~cananian
+P: 1024/85AD9EED AD C0 49 08 91 67 DF D7  FA 04 1A EE 09 E8 44 B0
+D: Unix98 pty support.
+D: APM update to 1.2 spec.
+D: /devfs hacking.
+S: 7 Kiwi Loop
+S: Howell, NJ 07731
+S: USA
+
+N: Erik Andersen
+E: andersen@codepoet.org
+W: http://www.codepoet.org/
+P: 1024D/30D39057 1BC4 2742 E885 E4DE 9301  0C82 5F9B 643E 30D3 9057
+D: Maintainer of ide-cd and Uniform CD-ROM driver, 
+D: ATAPI CD-Changer support, Major 2.1.x CD-ROM update.
+S: 352 North 525 East
+S: Springville, Utah 84663
+S: USA
+
+N: Michael Ang
+E: mang@subcarrier.org
+W: http://www.subcarrier.org/mang
+D: Linux/PA-RISC hacker
+S: 85 Frank St.
+S: Ottawa, Ontario
+S: Canada K2P 0X3
+
+N: H. Peter Anvin
+E: hpa@zytor.com
+W: http://www.zytor.com/~hpa/
+P: 2047/2A960705 BA 03 D3 2C 14 A8 A8 BD  1E DF FE 69 EE 35 BD 74
+D: Author of the SYSLINUX boot loader, maintainer of the linux.* news
+D: hierarchy and the Linux Device List; various kernel hacks
+S: 4390 Albany Drive #46
+S: San Jose, California 95129
+S: USA
+
+N: Andrea Arcangeli
+E: andrea@suse.de
+W: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/andrea/
+P: 1024D/68B9CB43 13D9 8355 295F 4823 7C49  C012 DFA1 686E 68B9 CB43
+P: 1024R/CB4660B9 CC A0 71 81 F4 A0 63 AC  C0 4B 81 1D 8C 15 C8 E5
+D: Parport hacker
+D: Implemented a workaround for some interrupt buggy printers
+D: Author of pscan that helps to fix lp/parport bugs
+D: Author of lil (Linux Interrupt Latency benchmark)
+D: Fixed the shm swap deallocation at swapoff time (try_to_unuse message)
+D: VM hacker
+D: Various other kernel hacks
+S: Imola 40026
+S: Italy
+
+N: Derek Atkins
+E: warlord@MIT.EDU
+D: Linux-AFS Port, random kernel hacker,
+D: VFS fixes (new notify_change in particular)
+D: Moving all VFS access checks into the file systems
+S: MIT Room E15-341
+S: 20 Ames Street
+S: Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139
+S: USA
+
+N: Michel Aubry
+E: giovanni <giovanni@sudfr.com>
+D: Aladdin 1533/1543(C) chipset IDE
+D: VIA MVP-3/TX Pro III chipset IDE
+
+N: Jens Axboe
+E: axboe@suse.de
+D: Linux CD-ROM maintainer, DVD support
+D: elevator + block layer rewrites
+D: highmem I/O support
+D: misc hacking on IDE, SCSI, block drivers, etc
+S: Peter Bangs Vej 258, 2TH
+S: 2500 Valby
+S: Denmark
+
+N: John Aycock
+E: aycock@cpsc.ucalgary.ca
+D: Adaptec 274x driver
+S: Department of Computer Science
+S: University of Calgary
+S: Calgary, Alberta
+S: Canada
+
+N: Miles Bader
+E: miles@gnu.org
+D: v850 port (uClinux)
+S: NEC Corporation
+S: 1753 Shimonumabe, Nakahara-ku
+S: Kawasaki 211-8666
+S: Japan
+
+N: Ralf Baechle
+E: ralf@gnu.org
+P: 1024/AF7B30C1 CF 97 C2 CC 6D AE A7 FE  C8 BA 9C FC 88 DE 32 C3
+D: Linux/MIPS port
+D: Linux/68k hacker
+S: Hauptstrasse 19
+S: 79837 St. Blasien
+S: Germany
+
+N: Krishna Balasubramanian
+E: balasub@cis.ohio-state.edu
+D: Wrote SYS V IPC (part of standard kernel since 0.99.10)
+
+N: Dario Ballabio
+E: ballabio_dario@emc.com
+E: dario.ballabio@tiscalinet.it
+E: dario.ballabio@inwind.it
+D: Author and maintainer of the Ultrastor 14F/34F SCSI driver
+D: Author and maintainer of the EATA ISA/EISA/PCI SCSI driver
+S: EMC Corporation
+S: Milano
+S: Italy
+
+N: Paul Bame
+E: bame@debian.org
+E: bame@puffin.external.hp.com
+E: paul_bame@hp.com
+W: http://www.parisc-linux.org
+D: PA-RISC 32 and 64-bit early boot, firmware interface, interrupts, misc
+S: MS42
+S: Hewlett-Packard
+S: 3404 E Harmony Rd
+S: Fort Collins, CO 80525
+S: USA
+
+N: Arindam Banerji
+E: axb@cse.nd.edu
+D: Contributed ESDI driver routines needed to port LINUX to the PS/2 MCA.
+S: Department of Computer Science & Eng.
+S: University of Notre Dame
+S: Notre Dame, Indiana
+S: USA
+
+N: Greg Banks
+E: gnb@alphalink.com.au
+D: IDT77105 ATM network driver
+D: some SuperH port work
+D: some trivial futzing with kconfig
+
+N: James Banks
+E: james@sovereign.org
+D: TLAN network driver
+D: Logitech Busmouse driver
+
+N: Krzysztof G. Baranowski
+E: kgb@manjak.knm.org.pl
+P: 1024/FA6F16D1 96 D1 1A CF 5F CA 69 EC  F9 4F 36 1F 6D 60 7B DA
+D: Maintainer of the System V file system.
+D: System V fs update for 2.1.x dcache.
+D: Forward ported a couple of SCSI drivers.
+D: Various bugfixes.
+S: ul. Koscielna 12a
+S: 62-300 Wrzesnia
+S: Poland
+
+N: Fred Barnes
+E: frmb2@ukc.ac.uk
+D: Various parport/ppdev hacks and fixes
+S: Computing Lab, The University
+S: Canterbury, KENT
+S: CT2 7NF
+S: England
+
+N: Paul Barton-Davis
+E: pbd@op.net
+D: Driver for WaveFront soundcards (Turtle Beach Maui, Tropez, Tropez+)
+D: Various bugfixes and changes to sound drivers
+S: USA 
+
+N: Carlos Henrique Bauer
+E: chbauer@acm.org
+E: bauer@atlas.unisinos.br
+D: Some new sysctl entries for the parport driver.
+D: New sysctl function for handling unsigned longs
+S: Universidade do Vale do Rio dos Sinos - UNISINOS
+S: DSI/IDASI
+S: Av. Unisinos, 950
+S: 93022000 Sao Leopoldo RS
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Peter Bauer
+E: 100136.3530@compuserve.com
+D: Driver for depca-ethernet-board
+S: 69259 Wilhemsfeld
+S: Rainweg 15
+S: Germany
+
+N: Fred Baumgarten
+E: dc6iq@insl1.etec.uni-karlsruhe.de
+E: dc6iq@adacom.org
+E: dc6iq@db0ais.#hes.deu.eu (packet radio)
+D: NET-2 & netstat(8)
+S: Soevener Strasse 11
+S: 53773 Hennef
+S: Germany
+
+N: Donald Becker
+E: becker@cesdis.gsfc.nasa.gov
+D: General low-level networking hacker
+D: Most of the ethercard drivers
+D: Original author of the NFS server
+S: USRA Center of Excellence in Space Data and Information Sciences
+S: Code 930.5, Goddard Space Flight Center
+S: Greenbelt, Maryland 20771
+S: USA
+
+N: Adam Belay
+E: ambx1@neo.rr.com
+D: Linux Plug and Play Support
+S: USA
+
+N: Daniele Bellucci
+E: bellucda@tiscali.it
+D: Various Janitor work.
+W: http://web.tiscali.it/bellucda
+S: Via Delle Palme, 9
+S: Terni 05100
+S: Italy
+
+N: Krzysztof Benedyczak
+E: golbi@mat.uni.torun.pl
+W: http://www.mat.uni.torun.pl/~golbi
+D: POSIX message queues fs (with M. Wronski)
+S: ul. Podmiejska 52
+S: Radunica
+S: 83-000 Pruszcz Gdanski
+S: Poland
+
+N: Randolph Bentson
+E: bentson@grieg.seaslug.org
+W: http://www.aa.net/~bentson/
+P: 1024/39ED5729 5C A8 7A F4 B2 7A D1 3E  B5 3B 81 CF 47 30 11 71
+D: Author of driver for Cyclom-Y and Cyclades-Z async mux
+S: 2322 37th Ave SW
+S: Seattle, Washington 98126-2010
+S: USA
+
+N: Muli Ben-Yehuda
+E: mulix@mulix.org
+E: muli@il.ibm.com
+W: http://www.mulix.org
+D: trident OSS sound driver, x86-64 dma-ops and Calgary IOMMU,
+D: KVM and Xen bits and other misc. hackery.
+S: Haifa, Israel
+
+N: Johannes Berg
+E: johannes@sipsolutions.net
+W: http://johannes.sipsolutions.net/
+P: 4096R/7BF9099A C0EB C440 F6DA 091C 884D  8532 E0F3 73F3 7BF9 099A
+D: powerpc & 802.11 hacker
+
+N: Stephen R. van den Berg (AKA BuGless)
+E: berg@pool.informatik.rwth-aachen.de
+D: General kernel, gcc, and libc hacker
+D: Specialisation: tweaking, ensuring portability, tweaking, cleaning,
+D: tweaking and occasionally debugging :-)
+S: Bouwensstraat 22
+S: 6369 BG Simpelveld
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Peter Berger
+E: pberger@brimson.com
+W: http://www.brimson.com
+D: Author/maintainer of Digi AccelePort USB driver
+S: 1549 Hiironen Rd.
+S: Brimson, MN  55602
+S: USA
+
+N: Hennus Bergman
+P: 1024/77D50909 76 99 FD 31 91 E1 96 1C  90 BB 22 80 62 F6 BD 63
+D: Author and maintainer of the QIC-02 tape driver
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Tomas Berndtsson
+E: tomas@nocrew.org
+W: http://tomas.nocrew.org/
+D: dsp56k device driver
+
+N: Ross Biro
+E: ross.biro@gmail.com
+D: Original author of the Linux networking code
+
+N: Anton Blanchard
+E: anton@samba.org
+W: http://samba.org/~anton/
+P: 1024/8462A731 4C 55 86 34 44 59 A7 99  2B 97 88 4A 88 9A 0D 97
+D: sun4 port, Sparc hacker
+
+N: Hugh Blemings
+E: hugh@blemings.org
+W: http://blemings.org/hugh
+D: Original author of the Keyspan USB to serial drivers, random PowerPC hacker
+S: PO Box 234
+S: Belconnen ACT 2616
+S: Australia
+
+N: Philip Blundell
+E: philb@gnu.org
+D: Linux/ARM hacker
+D: Device driver hacker (eexpress, 3c505, c-qcam, ...)
+D: m68k port to HP9000/300
+D: AUN network protocols
+D: Co-architect of the parallel port sharing system
+D: IPv6 netfilter
+S: FutureTV Labs Ltd
+S: Brunswick House, 61-69 Newmarket Rd, Cambridge CB5 8EG
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Thomas Bogendörfer
+E: tsbogend@alpha.franken.de
+D: PCnet32 driver, SONIC driver, JAZZ_ESP driver
+D: newport abscon driver, g364 framebuffer driver
+D: strace for Linux/Alpha
+D: Linux/MIPS hacker
+S: Schafhofstr. 40
+S: 90556 Cadolzburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Bill Bogstad
+E: bogstad@pobox.com
+D: wrote /proc/self hack, minor samba & dosemu patches
+
+N: Axel Boldt
+E: axel@uni-paderborn.de
+W: http://math-www.uni-paderborn.de/~axel/
+D: Configuration help text support
+D: Linux CD and Support Giveaway List
+
+N: Erik Inge Bolsø
+E: knan@mo.himolde.no
+D: Misc kernel hacks
+D: Updated PC speaker driver for 2.3
+S: Norway
+
+N: Andreas E. Bombe
+E: andreas.bombe@munich.netsurf.de
+W: http://home.pages.de/~andreas.bombe/
+P: 1024/04880A44 72E5 7031 4414 2EB6 F6B4  4CBD 1181 7032 0488 0A44
+D: IEEE 1394 subsystem rewrite and maintainer
+D: Texas Instruments PCILynx IEEE 1394 driver
+
+N: Al Borchers
+E: alborchers@steinerpoint.com
+D: Author/maintainer of Digi AccelePort USB driver
+D: work on usbserial and keyspan_pda drivers
+S: 4912 Zenith Ave. S.
+S: Minneapolis, MN  55410
+S: USA
+
+N: Marc Boucher
+E: marc@mbsi.ca
+P: CA 67 A5 1A 38 CE B6 F2  D5 83 51 03 D2 9C 30 9E  CE D2 DD 65
+D: Netfilter core
+D: IP policy routing by mark
+D: Various fixes (mostly networking)
+S: Montreal, Quebec
+S: Canada
+
+N: Zoltán Böszörményi
+E: zboszor@mail.externet.hu
+D: MTRR emulation with Cyrix style ARR registers, Athlon MTRR support
+
+N: John Boyd
+E: boyd@cis.ohio-state.edu
+D: Co-author of wd7000 SCSI driver
+S: 101 Curl Drive #591
+S: Columbus, Ohio 43210
+S: USA
+
+N: Peter Braam
+E: braam@clusterfs.com
+W: http://www.clusterfs.com/
+D: Coda & InterMezzo filesystems
+S: 181 McNeil
+S: Canmore, AB
+S: Canada, T1W 2R9
+
+N: Ryan Bradetich
+E: rbradetich@uswest.net
+D: Linux/PA-RISC hacker
+S: 1200 Goldenrod Dr.
+S: Nampa, Idaho 83686
+S: USA
+
+N: Dirk J. Brandewie
+E: dirk.j.brandewie@intel.com
+E: linux-wimax@intel.com
+D: Intel Wireless WiMAX Connection 2400 SDIO driver
+
+N: Derrick J. Brashear
+E: shadow@dementia.org
+W: http://www.dementia.org/~shadow
+P: 512/71EC9367 C5 29 0F BC 83 51 B9 F0  BC 05 89 A0 4F 1F 30 05
+D: Author of Sparc CS4231 audio driver, random Sparc work
+S: 403 Gilmore Avenue
+S: Trafford, Pennsylvania 15085
+S: USA
+
+N: Dag Brattli
+E: dagb@cs.uit.no
+W: http://www.cs.uit.no/~dagb
+D: IrDA Subsystem
+S: 19. Wellington Road
+S: Lancaster, LA1 4DN
+S: UK, England
+
+N: Lars Brinkhoff
+E: lars@nocrew.org
+W: http://lars.nocrew.org/
+D: dsp56k device driver
+D: ptrace proxy in user mode kernel port
+S: Kopmansg 2
+S: 411 13  Goteborg
+S: Sweden
+
+N: Paul Bristow
+E: paul@paulbristow.net
+W: http://paulbristow.net/linux/idefloppy.html
+D: Maintainer of IDE/ATAPI floppy driver
+
+N: Dominik Brodowski
+E: linux@brodo.de
+W: http://www.brodo.de/
+P: 1024D/725B37C6  190F 3E77 9C89 3B6D BECD  46EE 67C3 0308 725B 37C6
+D: parts of CPUFreq code, ACPI bugfixes, PCMCIA rewrite, cpufrequtils
+S: Tuebingen, Germany
+
+N: Andries Brouwer
+E: aeb@cwi.nl
+D: random Linux hacker
+S: Bessemerstraat 21
+S: Amsterdam
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: NeilBrown
+E: neil@brown.name
+P: 4096R/566281B9 1BC6 29EB D390 D870 7B5F  497A 39EC 9EDD 5662 81B9
+D: NFSD Maintainer 2000-2007
+
+N: Zach Brown
+E: zab@zabbo.net
+D: maestro pci sound
+
+N: David Brownell
+D: Kernel engineer, mentor, and friend.  Maintained USB EHCI and
+D: gadget layers, SPI subsystem, GPIO subsystem, and more than a few
+D: device drivers.  His encouragement also helped many engineers get
+D: started working on the Linux kernel.  David passed away in early
+D: 2011, and will be greatly missed.
+W: https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/4/5/36
+
+N: Gary Brubaker
+E: xavyer@ix.netcom.com
+D: USB Serial Empeg Empeg-car Mark I/II Driver
+
+N: Matthias Bruestle
+E: m@mbsks.franken.de
+D: REINER SCT cyberJack pinpad/e-com USB chipcard reader driver
+S: Germany
+
+N: Adrian Bunk
+P: 1024D/4F12B400  B29C E71E FE19 6755 5C8A  84D4 99FC EA98 4F12 B400
+D: misc kernel hacking and testing
+
+N: Ray Burr
+E: ryb@nightmare.com
+D: Original author of Amiga FFS filesystem
+S: Orlando, Florida
+S: USA
+
+N: Lennert Buytenhek
+E: kernel@wantstofly.org
+D: Original (2.4) rewrite of the ethernet bridging code
+D: Various ARM bits and pieces
+S: Ravenhorst 58
+S: 2317 AK Leiden
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Michael Callahan
+E: callahan@maths.ox.ac.uk
+D: PPP for Linux
+S: The Mathematical Institute
+S: 25-29 St Giles
+S: Oxford
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Luiz Fernando N. Capitulino
+E: lcapitulino@mandriva.com.br
+E: lcapitulino@gmail.com
+W: http://www.cpu.eti.br
+D: misc kernel hacking
+S: Mandriva
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Remy Card
+E: Remy.Card@masi.ibp.fr
+E: Remy.Card@linux.org
+D: Extended file system [defunct] designer and developer
+D: Second extended file system designer and developer
+S: Institut Blaise Pascal
+S: 4 Place Jussieu
+S: 75252 Paris Cedex 05
+S: France
+
+N: Ulf Carlsson
+D: SGI Indy audio (HAL2) drivers
+E: ulfc@bun.falkenberg.se
+
+N: Ed Carp
+E: ecarp@netcom.com
+D: uucp, elm, pine, pico port
+D: cron, at(1) developer
+S: 48287 Sawleaf
+S: Fremont, California 94539
+S: USA
+
+N: Florent Chabaud
+E: florent.chabaud@polytechnique.org
+D: software suspend
+S: SGDN/DCSSI/SDS/LTI
+S: 58, Bd Latour-Maubourg
+S: 75700 Paris 07 SP
+S: France
+
+N: Gordon Chaffee
+E: chaffee@cs.berkeley.edu
+W: http://bmrc.berkeley.edu/people/chaffee/
+D: vfat, fat32, joliet, native language support
+S: 3700 Warwick Road
+S: Fremont, California 94555
+S: USA
+
+N: Chih-Jen Chang
+E: chihjenc@scf.usc.edu
+E: chihjen@iis.sinica.edu.tw
+D: IGMP(Internet Group Management Protocol) version 2
+S: 3F, 65 Tajen street
+S: Tamsui town, Taipei county,
+S: Taiwan 251
+S: Republic of China
+
+N: Reinette Chatre
+E: reinette.chatre@intel.com
+D: WiMedia Link Protocol implementation
+D: UWB stack bits and pieces
+
+N: Michael Elizabeth Chastain
+E: mec@shout.net
+D: Configure, Menuconfig, xconfig
+
+N: Raymond Chen
+E: raymondc@microsoft.com
+D: Author of Configure script
+S: 14509 NE 39th Street #1096
+S: Bellevue, Washington 98007
+S: USA
+
+N: Christopher L. Cheney
+E: ccheney@debian.org
+E: ccheney@cheney.cx
+W: http://www.cheney.cx
+P: 1024D/8E384AF2 2D31 1927 87D7 1F24 9FF9  1BC5 D106 5AB3 8E38 4AF2
+D: Vista Imaging usb webcam driver
+S: 314 Prince of Wales
+S: Conroe, TX 77304
+S: USA
+
+N: Stuart Cheshire
+E: cheshire@cs.stanford.edu
+D: Author of Starmode Radio IP (STRIP) driver
+D: Originator of design for new combined interrupt handlers
+S: William Gates Department
+S: Stanford University
+S: Stanford, California 94305
+S: USA
+
+N: Randolph Chung
+E: tausq@debian.org
+D: Linux/PA-RISC hacker
+S: Hong Kong
+
+N: Juan Jose Ciarlante
+W: http://juanjox.kernelnotes.org/
+E: jjciarla@raiz.uncu.edu.ar
+E: jjo@mendoza.gov.ar
+D: Network driver alias support
+D: IP masq hashing and app modules
+D: IP masq 2.1 features and bugs
+S: Las Cuevas 2385 - Bo Guemes
+S: Las Heras, Mendoza CP 5539
+S: Argentina
+
+N: Steven P. Cole
+E: scole@lanl.gov
+E: elenstev@mesatop.com
+D: Various build fixes and kernel documentation.
+S: Los Alamos, New Mexico
+S: USA
+
+N: Hamish Coleman
+E: hamish@zot.apana.org.au
+D: SEEQ8005 network driver
+S: 98 Paxton Street
+S: East Malvern, Victoria, 3145
+S: Australia
+
+N: Neil Conway
+E: nconway.list@ukaea.org.uk
+D: Assorted sched/mm titbits
+S: Oxfordshire, UK.
+
+N: Kees Cook
+E: kees@outflux.net
+E: kees@ubuntu.com
+E: keescook@chromium.org
+W: http://outflux.net/blog/
+P: 4096R/DC6DC026 A5C3 F68F 229D D60F 723E  6E13 8972 F4DF DC6D C026
+D: Various security things, bug fixes, and documentation.
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: Portland, Oregon
+S: USA
+
+N: Robin Cornelius
+E: robincornelius@users.sourceforge.net
+D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
+S: Cornwall, U.K.
+
+N: Mark Corner
+E: mcorner@umich.edu
+W: http://www.eecs.umich.edu/~mcorner/
+D: USB Bluetooth Driver
+S: University of Michigan
+S: Ann Arbor, MI
+
+N: Michael Cornwell
+E: cornwell@acm.org
+D: Original designer and co-author of ATA Taskfile
+D: Kernel module SMART utilities
+S: Santa Cruz, California
+S: USA
+
+N: Luis Correia
+E: lfcorreia@users.sf.net
+D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
+S: Belas, Portugal
+
+N: Alan Cox
+W: http://www.linux.org.uk/diary/
+D: Linux Networking (0.99.10->2.0.29)
+D: Original Appletalk, AX.25, and IPX code
+D: 3c501 hacker
+D: Watchdog timer drivers
+D: Linux/SMP x86 (up to 2.0 only)
+D: Initial Mac68K port
+D: Video4Linux design, bw-qcam and PMS driver ports.
+D: IDE modularisation work
+D: Z85230 driver
+D: Former security contact point (please use vendor-sec@lst.de)
+D: ex 2.2 maintainer
+D: 2.1.x modular sound
+S: c/o Red Hat UK Ltd
+S: Alexandra House
+S: Alexandra Terrace
+S: Guildford, GU1 3DA
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Cristian Mihail Craciunescu
+W: http://www.dnt.ro/~cristi/
+E: cristi@dnt.ro
+D: Support for Xircom PGSDB9 (firmware and host driver)
+S: Bucharest
+S: Romania
+
+N: Laurence Culhane
+E: loz@holmes.demon.co.uk
+D: Wrote the initial alpha SLIP code
+S: 81 Hood Street
+S: Northampton
+S: NN1 3QT
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Massimo Dal Zotto
+E: dz@debian.org
+D: i8k Dell laptop SMM driver
+
+N: Uwe Dannowski
+E: Uwe.Dannowski@ira.uka.de
+W: http://i30www.ira.uka.de/~dannowsk/
+D: FORE PCA-200E driver
+S: University of Karlsruhe
+S: Germany
+
+N: Ray Dassen
+E: jdassen@wi.LeidenUniv.nl
+W: http://www.wi.leidenuniv.nl/~jdassen/
+P: 1024/672D05C1 DD 60 32 60 F7 90 64 80  E7 6F D4 E4 F8 C9 4A 58
+D: Debian GNU/Linux: www.debian.org maintainer, FAQ co-maintainer,
+D: packages testing, nit-picking & fixing. Enjoying BugFree (TM) kernels.
+S: Zuidsingel 10A
+S: 2312 SB  Leiden
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: David Davies
+E: davies@wanton.lkg.dec.com
+D: Network driver author - depca, ewrk3 and de4x5
+D: Wrote shared interrupt support
+S: Digital Equipment Corporation
+S: 550 King Street
+S: Littleton, Massachusetts 01460
+S: USA
+
+N: Frank Davis
+E: fdavis@si.rr.com
+E: fdavis112@juno.com
+D: Various kernel patches
+S: 8 Lakeview Terr.
+S: Kerhonkson, NY 12446
+S: USA
+
+N: Wayne Davison
+E: davison@borland.com
+D: Second extended file system co-designer
+
+N: Terry Dawson
+E: terry@perf.no.itg.telecom.com.au
+E: terry@albert.vk2ktj.ampr.org (Amateur Radio use only)
+D: trivial hack to add variable address length routing to Rose.
+D: AX25-HOWTO, HAM-HOWTO, IPX-HOWTO, NET-2-HOWTO
+D: ax25-utils maintainer.
+
+N: Helge Deller
+E: deller@gmx.de
+E: hdeller@redhat.de
+D: PA-RISC Linux hacker, LASI-, ASP-, WAX-, LCD/LED-driver
+S: Schimmelsrain 1
+S: D-69231 Rauenberg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Jean Delvare
+E: khali@linux-fr.org
+W: http://khali.linux-fr.org/
+D: Several hardware monitoring drivers
+S: France
+
+N: Peter Denison
+E: peterd@pnd-pc.demon.co.uk
+W: http://www.pnd-pc.demon.co.uk/promise/
+D: Promise DC4030VL caching HD controller drivers
+
+N: Todd J. Derr
+E: tjd@fore.com
+W: http://www.wordsmith.org/~tjd
+D: Random console hacks and other miscellaneous stuff
+S: 3000 FORE Drive
+S: Warrendale, Pennsylvania 15086
+S: USA
+
+N: Martin Devera
+E: devik@cdi.cz
+W: http://luxik.cdi.cz/~devik/qos/
+D: HTB qdisc and random networking hacks
+
+N: Alex deVries
+E: alex@onefishtwo.ca
+D: Various SGI parts, bits of HAL2 and Newport, PA-RISC Linux.
+S: 41.5 William Street
+S: Ottawa, Ontario
+S: K1N 6Z9
+S: CANADA
+
+N: Jeff Dike
+E: jdike@karaya.com
+W: http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net
+D: User mode kernel port
+S: 375 Tubbs Hill Rd
+S: Deering NH 03244
+S: USA
+
+N: Matt Domsch
+E: Matt_Domsch@dell.com
+W: http://www.dell.com/linux
+W: http://domsch.com/linux
+D: Linux/IA-64
+D: Dell PowerEdge server, SCSI layer, misc drivers, and other patches
+S: Dell Inc.
+S: One Dell Way
+S: Round Rock, TX  78682
+S: USA
+
+N: Mattia Dongili
+E: malattia@gmail.com
+D: cpufrequtils (precursor to cpupowerutils)
+
+N: Ben Dooks
+E: ben-linux@fluff.org
+E: ben@simtec.co.uk
+W: http://www.fluff.org/ben/
+W: http://www.simtec.co.uk/
+D: Samsung S3C2410/S3C2440 support, general ARM support
+D: Maintaining Simtec Electronics development boards
+S: Simtec Electronics
+S: Avondale Drive
+S: Tarleton
+S: Preston
+S: Lancs
+S: PR4 6AX
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Ivo van Doorn
+E: IvDoorn@gmail.com
+W: http://www.mendiosus.nl
+D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
+S: Haarlem, The Netherlands
+
+N: John G Dorsey
+E: john+@cs.cmu.edu
+D: ARM Linux ports to Assabet/Neponset, Spot
+S: Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
+S: Carnegie Mellon University
+S: Pittsburgh, PA  15213
+S: USA
+
+N: Eddie C. Dost
+E: ecd@skynet.be
+D: Linux/Sparc kernel hacker
+D: Linux/Sparc maintainer
+S: Rue de la Chapelle 51
+S: 4850 Moresnet
+S: Belgium
+
+N: Cort Dougan
+E: cort@fsmlabs.com
+W: http://www.fsmlabs.com/linuxppcbk.html
+D: PowerPC
+
+N: Daniel Drake
+E: dsd@gentoo.org
+D: USBAT02 CompactFlash support in usb-storage
+S: UK
+
+N: Oleg Drokin
+E: green@ccssu.crimea.ua
+W: http://www.ccssu.crimea.ua/~green
+D: Cleaning up sound drivers, SA1100 Watchdog.
+S: Skvoznoy per., 14a
+S: Evpatoria
+S: Crimea
+S: UKRAINE, 334320
+
+N: Walt Drummond
+E: drummond@valinux.com
+D: Linux/IA-64
+S: 1382 Bordeaux Drive
+S: Sunnyvale, CA 94087
+S: USA
+
+N: Bruno Ducrot
+E: ducrot@poupinou.org
+D: CPUFreq and ACPI bugfixes.
+S: Mougin, France
+
+N: Don Dugger
+E: n0ano@valinux.com
+D: Linux/IA-64
+S: 1209 Pearl Street, #12
+S: Boulder, CO 80302
+S: USA
+
+N: Thomas Dunbar
+E: tdunbar@vt.edu
+D: TeX & METAFONT hacking/maintenance
+S: Virginia Tech Computing Center
+S: 1700 Pratt Drive
+S: Blacksburg, Virginia 24061
+S: USA
+
+N: Randy Dunlap
+E: rdunlap@infradead.org
+W: http://www.infradead.org/~rdunlap/
+D: Linux-USB subsystem, USB core/UHCI/printer/storage drivers
+D: x86 SMP, ACPI, bootflag hacking
+D: documentation, builds
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: USA
+
+N: Bob Dunlop
+E: rjd@xyzzy.clara.co.uk
+E: bob.dunlop@farsite.co.uk
+W: www.farsite.co.uk
+D: FarSync card device driver
+S: FarSite Communications Ltd
+S: Tempus Business Centre
+S: 60 Kingsclere Road
+S: Basingstoke       RG21 6XG
+S: UK
+
+N: Cyrus Durgin
+E: cider@speakeasy.org
+W: http://www.speakeasy.org/~cider/
+D: implemented kmod
+
+N: Torsten Duwe
+E: Torsten.Duwe@informatik.uni-erlangen.de
+D: Part-time kernel hacker
+D: The Linux Support Team Erlangen
+S: Grevenbroicher Str. 17
+S: 47807 Krefeld
+S: Germany
+
+N: Tom Dyas
+E: tdyas@eden.rutgers.edu
+D: minor hacks and some sparc port stuff
+S: New Jersey
+S: USA
+
+N: Drew Eckhardt
+E: drew@PoohSticks.ORG
+D: SCSI code
+D: Assorted snippets elsewhere
+D: Boot sector "..." printing
+S: 2037 Walnut #6
+S: Boulder, Colorado 80302
+S: USA
+
+N: Heiko Eißfeldt
+E: heiko@colossus.escape.de heiko@unifix.de
+D: verify_area stuff, generic SCSI fixes
+D: SCSI Programming HOWTO
+D: POSIX.1 compliance testing
+S: Unifix Software GmbH
+S: Bueltenweg 27a
+S: D-38106 Braunschweig
+S: Germany
+
+N: Bjorn Ekwall
+E: bj0rn@blox.se
+W: http://www.pi.se/blox/
+D: Extended support for loadable modules
+D: D-Link pocket adapter drivers
+S: Brevia 1043
+S: S-114 79 Stockholm
+S: Sweden
+
+N: Pekka Enberg
+E: penberg@cs.helsinki.fi
+W: http://www.cs.helsinki.fi/u/penberg/
+D: Various kernel hacks, fixes, and cleanups.
+D: Slab allocators
+S: Finland
+
+N: David Engebretsen
+E: engebret@us.ibm.com
+D: Linux port to 64-bit PowerPC architecture
+
+N: Michael Engel
+E: engel@unix-ag.org
+D: DECstation framebuffer drivers
+S: Germany
+
+N: Paal-Kristian Engstad
+E: engstad@intermetrics.com
+D: Kernel smbfs (to mount WfW, NT and OS/2 network drives.)
+S: 17101 Springdale Street #225
+S: Huntington Beach, California 92649
+S: USA
+
+N: Stephane Eranian
+E: eranian@hpl.hp.com
+D: Linux/ia64
+S: 1501 Page Mill Rd, MS 1U17
+S: Palo Alto, CA 94304
+S: USA
+
+N: Johannes Erdfelt
+E: johannes@erdfelt.com
+D: Linux/IA-64 bootloader and kernel goop, USB
+S: 6350 Stoneridge Mall Road
+S: Pleasanton, CA 94588
+S: USA
+
+N: Doug Evans
+E: dje@cygnus.com
+D: Wrote Xenix FS (part of standard kernel since 0.99.15)
+
+N: Riccardo Facchetti
+E: fizban@tin.it
+P: 1024/6E657BB5 AF 22 90 33 78 76 04 8B  AF F9 97 1E B5 E2 65 30
+D: Audio Excel DSP 16 init driver author
+D: libmodem author
+D: Yet Another Micro Monitor port and current maintainer
+D: First ELF-HOWTO author
+D: random kernel hacker
+S: Via Paolo VI n.29
+S: 23900 - LECCO (Lc)
+S: Italy
+
+N: Nils Faerber
+E: nils@kernelconcepts.de
+D: i810 TCO watchdog driver author
+D: Mitsumi LU005 tests and fixes
+D: port and fixes of cs46xx sounddriver
+S: Dreisbachstrasse 24
+S: D-57250 Netphen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Rik Faith
+E: faith@acm.org
+D: Future Domain TMC-16x0 SCSI driver (author)
+D: APM driver (early port)
+D: DRM drivers (author of several)
+
+N: János Farkas
+E: chexum@shadow.banki.hu
+D: romfs, various (mostly networking) fixes
+P: 1024/F81FB2E1 41 B7 E4 E6 3E D4 A6 71  6D 9C F3 9F F2 BF DF 6E
+S: Madarász Viktor utca 25
+S: 1131 Budapest
+S: Hungary
+
+N: Ben Fennema
+E: bfennema@falcon.csc.calpoly.edu
+W: http://www.csc.calpoly.edu/~bfennema
+D: UDF filesystem
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: USA
+
+N: Jürgen Fischer
+E: fischer@norbit.de
+D: Author of Adaptec AHA-152x SCSI driver
+S: Schulstraße 18
+S: 26506 Norden
+S: Germany
+
+N: Jeremy Fitzhardinge
+E: jeremy@goop.org
+W: http://www.goop.org/~jeremy
+D: author of userfs filesystem
+D: Improved mmap and munmap handling
+D: General mm minor tidyups
+D: autofs v4 maintainer
+S: 987 Alabama St
+S: San Francisco
+S: CA, 94110
+S: USA
+
+N: Ralf Flaxa
+E: rfflaxa@immd4.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
+D: The Linux Support Team Erlangen
+D: Creator of LST distribution
+D: Author of installation tool LISA
+S: Pfitznerweg 6
+S: 74523 Schwaebisch Hall
+S: Germany
+
+N: Lawrence Foard
+E: entropy@world.std.com
+D: Floppy track reading, fs code
+S: 217 Park Avenue, Suite 108
+S: Worcester, Massachusetts 01609
+S: USA
+
+N: Karl Fogel
+E: kfogel@cs.oberlin.edu
+D: Contributor, Linux User's Guide
+S: 1123 North Oak Park Avenue
+S: Oak Park, Illinois 60302
+S: USA
+
+N: Daniel J. Frasnelli
+E: dfrasnel@alphalinux.org
+W: http://www.alphalinux.org/
+P: 1024/3EF87611 B9 F1 44 50 D3 E8 C2 80  DA E5 55 AA 56 7C 42 DA
+D: DEC Alpha hacker 
+D: Miscellaneous bug squisher
+
+N: Jim Freeman
+E: jfree@sovereign.org
+W: http://www.sovereign.org/
+D: Initial GPL'd Frame Relay driver
+D: Dynamic PPP devices
+D: Sundry modularizations (PPP, IPX, ...) and fixes
+
+N: Bob Frey
+E: bobf@advansys.com
+D: AdvanSys SCSI driver
+S: 1150 Ringwood Court
+S: San Jose, California 95131
+S: USA
+
+N: Adam Fritzler
+E: mid@zigamorph.net
+
+N: Fernando Fuganti
+E: fuganti@conectiva.com.br
+E: fuganti@netbank.com.br
+D: random kernel hacker, ZF MachZ Watchdog driver
+S: Conectiva S.A.
+S: R. Tocantins, 89 - Cristo Rei
+S: 80050-430 - Curitiba - Paraná
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Kumar Gala
+E: galak@kernel.crashing.org
+D: Embedded PowerPC 6xx/7xx/74xx/82xx/83xx/85xx support
+S: Austin, Texas 78729
+S: USA
+
+N: Nigel Gamble
+E: nigel@nrg.org
+D: Interrupt-driven printer driver
+D: Preemptible kernel
+S: 120 Alley Way
+S: Mountain View, California 94040
+S: USA
+
+N: Jeff Garzik
+E: jgarzik@pobox.com
+
+N: Jacques Gelinas
+E: jacques@solucorp.qc.ca
+D: Author of the Umsdos file system
+S: 1326 De Val-Brillant
+S: Laval, Quebec
+S: Canada H7Y 1V9
+
+N: David Gentzel
+E: gentzel@telerama.lm.com
+D: Original BusLogic driver and original UltraStor driver
+S: Whitfield Software Services
+S: 600 North Bell Avenue, Suite 160
+S: Carnegie, Pennsylvania 15106-4304
+S: USA
+
+N: Kai Germaschewski
+E: kai@germaschewski.name
+D: Major kbuild rework during the 2.5 cycle
+D: ISDN Maintainer
+S: USA
+
+N: Philip Gladstone
+E: philip@gladstonefamily.net
+D: Kernel / timekeeping stuff
+S: Carlisle, MA 01741
+S: USA
+  
+N: Jan-Benedict Glaw
+E: jbglaw@lug-owl.de
+D: SRM environment driver (for Alpha systems)
+P: 1024D/8399E1BB 250D 3BCF 7127 0D8C A444  A961 1DBD 5E75 8399 E1BB
+
+N: Thomas Gleixner
+E: tglx@linutronix.de
+D: NAND flash hardware support, JFFS2 on NAND flash
+
+N: Richard E. Gooch
+E: rgooch@atnf.csiro.au
+D: parent process death signal to children
+D: prctl() syscall
+D: /proc/mtrr support to manipulate MTRRs on Intel P6 family
+D: Device FileSystem (devfs)
+S: CSIRO Australia Telescope National Facility
+S: P.O. Box 76, Epping
+S: New South Wales, 2121
+S: Australia
+
+N: Carlos E. Gorges 
+E: carlos@techlinux.com.br
+D: fix smp support on cmpci driver
+P: 2048G/EA3C4B19 FF31 33A6 0362 4915 B7EB  E541 17D0 0379 EA3C 4B19
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Dmitry S. Gorodchanin
+E: pgmdsg@ibi.com
+D: RISCom/8 driver, misc kernel fixes.
+S: 4 Main Street
+S: Woodbridge, Connecticut 06525
+S: USA
+
+N: Paul Gortmaker
+E: p_gortmaker@yahoo.com
+D: Author of RTC driver & several net drivers, Ethernet & BootPrompt Howto.
+D: Made support for modules, ramdisk, generic-serial, etc. optional.
+D: Transformed old user space bdflush into 1st kernel thread - kflushd.
+D: Many other patches, documentation files, mini kernels, utilities, ...
+
+N: Masanori GOTO
+E: gotom@debian.or.jp
+D: Workbit NinjaSCSI-32Bi/UDE driver
+S: Japan
+
+N: John E. Gotts
+E: jgotts@linuxsavvy.com
+D: kernel hacker
+S: 8124 Constitution Apt. 7
+S: Sterling Heights, Michigan 48313
+S: USA
+
+N: Wolfgang Grandegger
+E: wg@grandegger.com
+D: Controller Area Network (device drivers)
+
+N: William Greathouse
+E: wgreathouse@smva.com
+E: wgreathouse@myfavoritei.com
+D: Current Belkin USB Serial Adapter F5U103 hacker
+D: Kernel hacker, embedded systems
+S: 7802 Fitzwater Road   
+S: Brecksville, OH  44141-1334
+S: USA
+
+N: Tristan Greaves
+E: tristan@extricate.org
+W: http://www.extricate.org/
+D: Miscellaneous ipv4 sysctl patches
+
+N: Michael A. Griffith
+E: grif@cs.ucr.edu
+W: http://www.cs.ucr.edu/~grif
+D: Loopback speedup, qlogic SCSI hacking, VT_LOCKSWITCH
+S: Department of Computer Science
+S: University of California, Riverside
+S: Riverside, California 92521-0304
+S: USA
+
+N: Hans Grobler
+E: grobh@sun.ac.za
+D: Various AX.25/ROSE/NETROM + hamradio driver patches
+D: Various X.25/LABP + driver patches
+D: Misc kernel fixes and updates
+S: Department of Electronic Engineering
+S: University of Stellenbosch
+S: Stellenbosch, Western Cape
+S: South Africa
+
+N: Grant Grundler
+E: grundler@parisc-linux.org
+W: http://obmouse.sourceforge.net/
+W: http://www.parisc-linux.org/
+D: obmouse - rewrote Olivier Florent's Omnibook 600 "pop-up" mouse driver
+D: PA-RISC - Interrupt/PCI HBA/IOMMU author and architect
+S: Mountain View, California
+S: USA
+
+N: Grant Guenther
+E: grant@torque.net
+W: http://www.torque.net/linux-pp.html
+D: original author of ppa driver for parallel port ZIP drive
+D: original architect of the parallel-port sharing scheme 
+D: PARIDE subsystem: drivers for parallel port IDE & ATAPI devices
+S: 44 St. Joseph Street, Suite 506
+S: Toronto, Ontario, M4Y 2W4
+S: Canada
+
+N: Richard Günther
+E: rguenth@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de
+W: http://www.tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de/~rguenth
+P: 2048/2E829319 2F 83 FC 93 E9 E4 19 E2  93 7A 32 42 45 37 23 57
+D: binfmt_misc
+S: 72074 Tübingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Justin Guyett
+E: jguyett@andrew.cmu.edu
+D: via-rhine net driver hacking
+
+N: Danny ter Haar
+E: dth@cistron.nl
+D: /proc/cpuinfo, reboot on panic , kernel pre-patch tester ;)
+S: Cistron
+S: PO-Box 297
+S: 2400 AG, Alphen aan den Rijn
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Enver Haase
+E: ehaase@inf.fu-berlin.de
+W: http://www.inf.fu-berlin.de/~ehaase
+D: Driver for the Commodore A2232 serial board
+
+N: Bruno Haible
+E: haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de
+D: SysV FS, shm swapping, memory management fixes
+S: 17 rue Danton
+S: F - 94270 Le Kremlin-Bicêtre
+S: France
+
+N: Greg Hankins
+E: gregh@cc.gatech.edu
+D: fixed keyboard driver to separate LED and locking status
+S: 25360 Georgia Tech Station
+S: Atlanta, Georgia 30332
+S: USA
+
+N: Brad Hards
+E: bradh@frogmouth.net
+D: Various USB bits, other minor patches
+
+N: Angelo Haritsis
+E: ah@computer.org
+D: kernel patches (serial, watchdog)
+D: xringd, vuzkern, greekXfonts
+S: 77 Clarence Mews
+S: London SE16 1GD
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Jan Harkes
+E: jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu
+W: http://www.coda.cs.cmu.edu/
+D: Coda file system
+S: Computer Science Department
+S: Carnegie Mellon University
+S: 5000 Forbes Avenue
+S: Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213
+S: USA
+
+N: Kai Harrekilde-Petersen
+E: kai.harrekilde@get2net.dk
+D: Original author of the ftape-HOWTO, i82078 fdc detection code.
+
+N: Bart Hartgers
+E: bart@etpmod.phys.tue.nl
+D: MTRR emulation with Centaur MCRs
+S: Gen Stedmanstraat 212
+S: 5623 HZ Eindhoven
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Oliver Hartkopp
+E: oliver.hartkopp@volkswagen.de
+W: http://www.volkswagen.de
+D: Controller Area Network (network layer core)
+S: Brieffach 1776
+S: 38436 Wolfsburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Andrew Haylett
+E: ajh@primag.co.uk
+D: Selection mechanism
+
+N: Andre Hedrick
+E: andre@linux-ide.org
+E: andre@linuxdiskcert.org
+W: http://www.linux-ide.org/
+W: http://www.linuxdiskcert.org/
+D: Random SMP kernel hacker...
+D: Uniform Multi-Platform E-IDE driver
+D: Active-ATA-Chipset maddness..........
+D: Ultra DMA 133/100/66/33 w/48-bit Addressing
+D: ATA-Disconnect, ATA-TCQ
+D: ATA-Smart Kernel Daemon
+D: Serial ATA
+D: ATA Command Block and Taskfile
+S: Linux ATA Development (LAD)
+S: Concord, CA
+
+N: Jochen Hein
+E: jochen@jochen.org
+P: 1024/4A27F015 25 72 FB E3 85 9F DE 3B  CB 0A DA DA 40 77 05 6C
+P: 1024D/77D4FC9B F5C5 1C20 1DFC DEC3 3107  54A4 2332 ADFC 77D4 FC9B
+D: National Language Support
+D: Linux Internationalization Project
+D: German Localization for Linux and GNU software
+S: Auf der Fittel 18
+S: 53347 Alfter
+S: Germany
+
+N: Christoph Hellwig
+E: hch@infradead.org
+D: all kinds of driver, filesystem & core kernel hacking
+D: freevxfs driver
+D: sysvfs maintainer
+D: chief codingstyle nitpicker
+S: Ampferstr. 50 / 4
+S: 6020 Innsbruck
+S: Austria
+
+N: Richard Henderson
+E: rth@twiddle.net
+E: rth@cygnus.com
+D: Alpha hacker, kernel and userland
+S: 1668 California St.
+S: Mountain View, California 94041
+S: USA
+
+N: Benjamin Herrenschmidt
+E: benh@kernel.crashing.org
+D: Various parts of PPC/PPC64 & PowerMac
+S: 312/107 Canberra Avenue
+S: Griffith, ACT 2603 
+S: Australia
+
+N: Sebastian Hetze
+E: she@lunetix.de
+D: German Linux Documentation,
+D: Organization of German Linux Conferences
+S: Danckelmannstr. 48
+S: 14059 Berlin
+S: Germany
+
+N: David Hinds
+E: dahinds@users.sourceforge.net
+W: http://tao.stanford.edu/~dhinds
+D: PCMCIA and CardBus stuff, PCMCIA-HOWTO, PCMCIA client drivers
+S: 2019 W. Middlefield Rd #1
+S: Mountain View, CA  94043
+S: USA
+
+N: Michael Hipp
+E: hippm@informatik.uni-tuebingen.de
+D: drivers for the racal ni5210 & ni6510 Ethernet-boards
+S: Talstr. 1
+S: D - 72072 Tuebingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Richard Hirst
+E: richard@sleepie.demon.co.uk
+E: rhirst@linuxcare.com
+W: http://www.sleepie.demon.co.uk/
+D: linux-m68k VME support
+D: PA-RISC port, scsi and network drivers
+D: 53c700/53c710 driver author, 82596 driver maintainer
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Jauder Ho
+E: jauderho@carumba.com
+W: http://www.carumba.com/
+D: bug toaster (A1 sauce makes all the difference)
+D: Random linux hacker
+
+N: Tim Hockin
+E: thockin@hockin.org
+W: http://www.hockin.org/~thockin
+D: Natsemi ethernet
+D: Cobalt Networks (x86) support
+D: This-and-That
+
+N: Mark M. Hoffman
+E: mhoffman@lightlink.com
+D: asb100, lm93 and smsc47b397 hardware monitoring drivers
+D: hwmon subsystem core
+D: hwmon subsystem maintainer
+D: i2c-sis96x and i2c-stub SMBus drivers
+S: USA
+
+N: Dirk Hohndel
+E: hohndel@suse.de
+D: The XFree86[tm] Project
+D: USB mouse maintainer
+S: SuSE Rhein/Main AG
+S: Mergenthalerallee 45-47
+S: 65760 Eschborn
+S: Germany
+
+N: Kenji Hollis
+E: kenji@bitgate.com
+W: http://www.bitgate.com/
+D: Berkshire PC Watchdog Driver
+D: Small/Industrial Driver Project
+
+N: Nick Holloway
+E: Nick.Holloway@pyrites.org.uk
+W: http://www.pyrites.org.uk/
+P: 1024/36115A04 F4E1 3384 FCFD C055 15D6  BA4C AB03 FBF8 3611 5A04
+D: Occasional Linux hacker...
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Ron Holt
+E: ron@holt.org
+E: rholt@netcom.com
+W: http://www.holt.org/
+W: http://www.ronholt.com/
+D: Kernel development
+D: Kernel LDT modifications to support Wabi and Wine
+S: Holtron Internetics, Inc.
+S: 998 East 900 South, Suite 26
+S: Provo, Utah 84606-5607
+S: USA
+
+N: Marcel Holtmann
+E: marcel@holtmann.org
+W: http://www.holtmann.org
+D: Maintainer of the Linux Bluetooth Subsystem
+D: Author and maintainer of the various Bluetooth HCI drivers
+D: Author and maintainer of the CAPI message transport protocol driver
+D: Author and maintainer of the Bluetooth HID protocol driver
+D: Various other Bluetooth related patches, cleanups and fixes
+S: Germany
+
+N: Rob W. W. Hooft
+E: hooft@EMBL-Heidelberg.DE
+D: Shared libs for graphics-tools and for the f2c compiler
+D: Some kernel programming on the floppy and sound drivers in early days
+D: Some other hacks to get different kinds of programs to work for linux
+S: Panoramastrasse 18
+S: D-69126 Heidelberg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Christopher Horn
+E: chorn@warwick.net
+D: Miscellaneous sysctl hacks
+S: 36 Mudtown Road
+S: Wantage, New Jersey 07461
+S: USA
+
+N: Harald Hoyer
+E: harald@redhat.com
+W: http://www.harald-hoyer.de
+D: ip_masq_quake
+D: md boot support
+S: Am Strand 5
+S: D-19063 Schwerin
+S: Germany
+
+N: Jan Hubicka
+E: hubicka@freesoft.cz
+E: hubicka@suse.cz
+W: http://www.paru.cas.cz/~hubicka/
+D: Random kernel tweaks and fixes.
+S: Dukelskych bojovniku 1944
+S: Tabor 390 03
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: David Huggins-Daines
+E: dhd@debian.org
+E: dhd@eradicator.org
+E: dhd@cepstral.com
+D: PA-RISC port
+D: Nubus subsystem
+D: Generic 68k Macintosh framebuffer driver
+D: STI framebuffer tweaks
+D: LTPC driver tweaks
+S: 110 S. 12th St., Apt. A
+S: Pittsburgh, PA 15203-1250
+S: USA
+
+N: Gareth Hughes
+E: gareth.hughes@acm.org
+D: Pentium III FXSR, SSE support
+D: Author/maintainer of most DRM drivers (especially ATI, MGA)
+D: Core DRM templates, general DRM and 3D-related hacking
+S: No fixed address
+
+N: Kenn Humborg
+E: kenn@wombat.ie
+D: Mods to loop device to support sparse backing files
+S: Ballinagard
+S: Roscommon
+S: Ireland
+
+N: Michael Hunold
+E: michael@mihu.de
+W: http://www.mihu.de/linux/
+D: Generic saa7146 video4linux-2 driver core,
+D: Driver for the "Multimedia eXtension Board", "dpc7146",
+D: "Hexium Orion", "Hexium Gemini"
+
+N: Miguel de Icaza Amozurrutia
+E: miguel@nuclecu.unam.mx
+D: Linux/SPARC team, Midnight Commander maintainer
+S: Avenida Copilco 162, 22-1003
+S: Mexico, DF
+S: Mexico
+
+N: Ian Jackson
+E: iwj10@cus.cam.ac.uk
+E: ijackson@nyx.cs.du.edu
+D: FAQ maintainer and poster of the daily postings
+D: FSSTND group member
+D: Debian core team member and maintainer of several Debian packages
+S: 2 Lexington Close
+S: Cambridge
+S: CB3 0DS
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Andreas Jaeger
+E: aj@suse.de
+D: Various smaller kernel fixes
+D: glibc developer
+S: Gottfried-Kinkel-Str. 18
+S: D 67659 Kaiserslautern
+S: Germany
+
+N: Mike Jagdis
+E: jaggy@purplet.demon.co.uk
+E: Mike.Jagdis@purplet.demon.co.uk
+D: iBCS personalities, socket and X interfaces, x.out loader, syscalls...
+D: Purple Distribution maintainer
+D: UK FidoNet support
+D: ISODE && PP
+D: Kernel and device driver hacking
+S: 280 Silverdale Road
+S: Earley
+S: Reading
+S: RG6 2NU
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Jakub Jelinek
+E: jakub@redhat.com
+W: http://sunsite.mff.cuni.cz/~jj
+P: 1024/0F7623C5 53 95 71 3C EB 73 99 97  02 49 40 47 F9 19 68 20
+D: Sparc hacker, SILO, mc
+D: Maintain sunsite.mff.cuni.cz
+S: K osmidomkum 723
+S: 160 00 Praha 6
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Niels Kristian Bech Jensen
+E: nkbj1970@hotmail.com
+D: Miscellaneous kernel updates and fixes.
+
+N: Michael K. Johnson
+E: johnsonm@redhat.com
+W: http://www.redhat.com/~johnsonm
+P: 1024/4536A8DD 2A EC 88 08 40 64 CE D8  DD F8 12 2B 61 43 83 15
+D: The Linux Documentation Project
+D: Kernel Hackers' Guide
+D: Procps
+D: Proc filesystem
+D: Maintain tsx-11.mit.edu
+D: LP driver
+S: 201 Howell Street, Apartment 1C
+S: Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27514-4818
+S: USA
+
+N: Dave Jones
+E: davej@redhat.com
+W: http://www.codemonkey.org.uk
+D: Assorted VIA x86 support.
+D: 2.5 AGPGART overhaul.
+D: CPUFREQ maintenance.
+D: Fedora kernel maintenance.
+D: Misc/Other.
+S: 314 Littleton Rd, Westford, MA 01886, USA
+
+N: Martin Josfsson
+E: gandalf@wlug.westbo.se
+P: 1024D/F6B6D3B1 7610 7CED 5C34 4AA6 DBA2  8BE1 5A6D AF95 F6B6 D3B1
+D: netfilter: SAME target
+D: netfilter: helper target
+D: netfilter: various other hacks
+S: Ronneby
+S: Sweden
+
+N: Ani Joshi
+E: ajoshi@shell.unixbox.com
+D: fbdev hacking
+
+N: Jesper Juhl
+E: jj@chaosbits.net
+D: Various fixes, cleanups and minor features all over the tree.
+D: Wrote initial version of the hdaps driver (since passed on to others).
+S: Lemnosvej 1, 3.tv
+S: 2300 Copenhagen S.
+S: Denmark
+
+N: Jozsef Kadlecsik
+E: kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu
+P: 1024D/470DB964 4CB3 1A05 713E 9BF7 FAC5  5809 DD8C B7B1 470D B964
+D: netfilter: TCP window tracking code
+D: netfilter: raw table
+D: netfilter: iprange match
+D: netfilter: new logging interfaces
+D: netfilter: various other hacks
+S: Tata
+S: Hungary
+
+N: Bernhard Kaindl
+E: bkaindl@netway.at
+E: edv@bartelt.via.at
+D: Author of a menu based configuration tool, kmenu, which 
+D: is the predecessor of 'make menuconfig' and 'make xconfig'.
+D: digiboard driver update(modularisation work and 2.1.x upd)
+S: Tallak 95
+S: 8103 Rein
+S: Austria
+
+N: Mitsuru Kanda
+E: mk@linux-ipv6.org
+E: mk@isl.rdc.toshiba.co.jp
+E: mk@karaba.org
+W: http://www.karaba.org/~mk/
+P: 1024D/2EC7E30D 4DC3 949B 5A6C F0D6 375F  4472 8888 A8E1 2EC7 E30D
+D: IPsec, IPv6
+D: USAGI/WIDE Project, TOSHIBA CORPORATION
+S: 2-47-8, Takinogawa,
+S: Kita, Tokyo 114-0023
+S: Japan
+
+N: Jan Kara
+E: jack@atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz
+E: jack@suse.cz
+D: Quota fixes for 2.2 kernel
+D: Quota fixes for 2.3 kernel
+D: Few other fixes in filesystem area (buffer cache, isofs, loopback)
+W: http://atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz/~jack/
+S: Krosenska' 543
+S: 181 00 Praha 8
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Jan "Yenya" Kasprzak
+E: kas@fi.muni.cz
+D: Author of the COSA/SRP sync serial board driver.
+D: Port of the syncppp.c from the 2.0 to the 2.1 kernel.
+P: 1024/D3498839 0D 99 A7 FB 20 66 05 D7  8B 35 FC DE 05 B1 8A 5E
+W: http://www.fi.muni.cz/~kas/
+S: c/o Faculty of Informatics, Masaryk University
+S: Botanicka' 68a
+S: 602 00 Brno
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Jakob Kemi
+E: jakob.kemi@telia.com
+D: V4L W9966 Webcam driver
+S: Forsbyvägen 33
+S: 74143 Knivsta
+S: Sweden
+
+N: Fred N. van Kempen
+E: waltje@linux.com
+D: NET-2
+D: Drivers
+D: Kernel cleanups
+S: Korte Heul 95
+S: 1403 ND  BUSSUM
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Karl Keyte
+E: karl@koft.com
+D: Disk usage statistics and modifications to line printer driver
+S: 26a Sheen Road
+S: Richmond
+S: Surrey
+S: TW9 1AE
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Marko Kiiskila
+E: marko@iprg.nokia.com
+D: Author of ATM Lan Emulation
+S: 660 Harvard Ave. #7
+S: Santa Clara, CA 95051
+S: USA
+
+N: Russell King
+E: rmk@arm.linux.org.uk
+D: Linux/arm integrator, maintainer & hacker
+D: Acornfb, Cyber2000fb author
+S: Burgh Heath, Tadworth, Surrey.
+S: England
+
+N: Olaf Kirch
+E: okir@monad.swb.de
+D: Author of the Linux Network Administrators' Guide
+S: Kattreinstr 38
+S: D-64295
+S: Germany
+
+N: Avi Kivity
+E: avi.kivity@gmail.com
+D: Kernel-based Virtual Machine (KVM)
+S: Ra'annana, Israel
+
+N: Andi Kleen
+E: andi@firstfloor.org
+U: http://www.halobates.de
+D: network, x86, NUMA, various hacks
+S: Schwalbenstr. 96
+S: 85551 Ottobrunn
+S: Germany
+
+N: Ian Kluft
+E: ikluft@thunder.sbay.org
+W: http://www.kluft.com/~ikluft/
+D: NET-1 beta testing & minor patches, original Smail binary packages for
+D: Slackware and Debian, vote-taker for 2nd comp.os.linux reorganization
+S: Post Office Box 611311
+S: San Jose, California 95161-1311
+S: USA
+
+N: Thorsten Knabe
+E: Thorsten Knabe <tek@rbg.informatik.tu-darmstadt.de>
+E: Thorsten Knabe <tek01@hrzpub.tu-darmstadt.de>
+W: http://www.student.informatik.tu-darmstadt.de/~tek
+W: http://www.tu-darmstadt.de/~tek01
+P: 1024/3BC8D885 8C 29 C5 0A C0 D1 D6 F4  20 D4 2D AB 29 F6 D0 60
+D: AD1816 sound driver
+S: Am Bergfried 10
+S: 63225 Langen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Alain L. Knaff
+E: Alain.Knaff@lll.lu
+D: floppy driver
+S: 19, rue Jean l'Aveugle
+S: L-1148 Luxembourg-City
+S: Luxembourg
+
+N: Gerd Knorr
+W: http://bytesex.org
+E: kraxel@bytesex.org
+E: kraxel@suse.de
+D: video4linux, bttv, vesafb, some scsi, misc fixes
+
+N: Harald Koenig
+E: koenig@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de
+D: XFree86 (S3), DCF77, some kernel hacks and fixes
+S: Koenigsberger Str. 90
+S: D-72336 Balingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Rudolf Koenig
+E: rfkoenig@immd4.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
+D: The Linux Support Team Erlangen
+
+N: Andreas Koensgen
+E: ajk@comnets.uni-bremen.de
+D: 6pack driver for AX.25
+
+N: Harald Koerfgen
+E: hkoerfg@web.de
+D: Linux/MIPS kernel hacks and fixes,
+D: DECstation port, Sharp Mobilon port
+S: D-50931 Koeln
+S: Germany
+
+N: Willy Konynenberg
+E: willy@xos.nl
+W: http://www.xos.nl/
+D: IP transparent proxy support
+S: X/OS Experts in Open Systems BV
+S: Kruislaan 419
+S: 1098 VA Amsterdam 
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Goran Koruga
+E: korugag@siol.net
+D: cpufrequtils (precursor to cpupowerutils)
+S: Slovenia
+
+N: Jiri Kosina
+E: jikos@jikos.cz
+E: jkosina@suse.cz
+D: Generic HID layer - original code split, fixes
+D: Various ACPI fixes, keeping correct battery state through suspend
+D: various lockdep annotations, autofs and other random bugfixes
+S: Prague, Czech Republic
+
+N: Gene Kozin
+E: 74604.152@compuserve.com
+W: http://www.sangoma.com
+D: WAN Router & Sangoma WAN drivers
+S: Sangoma Technologies Inc.
+S: 7170 Warden Avenue, Unit 2
+S: Markham, Ontario
+S: L3R 8B2
+S: Canada
+
+N: Maxim Krasnyansky
+E: maxk@qualcomm.com
+W: http://vtun.sf.net
+W: http://bluez.sf.net
+D: Author of the Universal TUN/TAP driver
+D: Author of the Linux Bluetooth Subsystem (BlueZ)
+D: Various other kernel patches, cleanups and fixes
+S: 2213 La Terrace Circle
+S: San Jose, CA 95123
+S: USA
+
+N: Andreas S. Krebs
+E: akrebs@altavista.net
+D: CYPRESS CY82C693 chipset IDE, Digital's PC-Alpha 164SX boards
+
+N: Greg Kroah-Hartman
+E: greg@kroah.com
+E: gregkh@suse.de
+W: http://www.kroah.com/linux/
+D: USB Serial Converter driver framework, USB Handspring Visor driver
+D: ConnectTech WHITEHeat USB driver, Generic USB Serial driver
+D: USB I/O Edgeport driver, USB Serial IrDA driver
+D: USB Bluetooth driver, USB Skeleton driver
+D: bits and pieces of USB core code.
+D: PCI Hotplug core, PCI Hotplug Compaq driver modifications
+D: portions of the Linux Security Module (LSM) framework
+D: parts of the driver core, debugfs.
+
+N: Russell Kroll
+E: rkroll@exploits.org
+W: http://www.exploits.org/
+D: V4L radio cards: radio-aztech (new), others (bugfixes/features)
+D: Loopback block device: dynamic sizing ("max_loop" as module)
+S: Post Office Box 691886
+S: San Antonio, Texas 78269-1886
+S: USA
+
+N: Denis O. Kropp
+E: dok@directfb.org
+D: NeoMagic framebuffer driver
+S: Badensche Str. 46
+S: 10715 Berlin
+S: Germany
+
+N: Andrzej M. Krzysztofowicz
+E: ankry@mif.pg.gda.pl
+D: Some 8-bit XT disk driver and devfs hacking 
+D: Aladdin 1533/1543(C) chipset IDE
+D: PIIX chipset IDE
+S: ul. Matemblewska 1B/10
+S: 80-283 Gdansk
+S: Poland
+
+N: Gero Kuhlmann
+E: gero@gkminix.han.de
+D: mounting root via NFS
+S: Donarweg 4
+S: D-30657 Hannover
+S: Germany
+
+N: Markus Kuhn
+E: mskuhn@cip.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
+W: http://wwwcip.informatik.uni-erlangen.de/user/mskuhn
+D: Unicode, real-time, time, standards
+S: Schlehenweg 9
+S: D-91080 Uttenreuth
+S: Germany
+
+N: Jaya Kumar
+E: jayalk@intworks.biz
+W: http://www.intworks.biz
+D: Arc monochrome LCD framebuffer driver, x86 reboot fixups
+D: pirq addr, CS5535 alsa audio driver
+S: Gurgaon, India
+S: Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
+
+N: Gabor Kuti
+M: seasons@falcon.sch.bme.hu
+M: seasons@makosteszta.sote.hu
+D: Original author of software suspend
+
+N: Jaroslav Kysela
+E: perex@perex.cz
+W: http://www.perex.cz
+D: Original Author and Maintainer for HP 10/100 Mbit Network Adapters
+D: ISA PnP
+S: Sindlovy Dvory 117
+S: 370 01  Ceske Budejovice
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Bas Laarhoven
+E: sjml@xs4all.nl
+D: Loadable modules and ftape driver
+S: J. Obrechtstr 23
+S: NL-5216 GP 's-Hertogenbosch
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Savio Lam
+E: lam836@cs.cuhk.hk
+D: Author of the dialog utility, foundation
+D: for Menuconfig's lxdialog.
+
+N: Christoph Lameter
+E: christoph@lameter.com
+D: Digiboard PC/Xe and PC/Xi, Digiboard EPCA
+D: NUMA support, Slab allocators, Page migration
+D: Scalability, Time subsystem
+
+N: Paul Laufer
+E: paul@laufernet.com
+D: Soundblaster driver fixes, ISAPnP quirk
+S: California, USA
+
+N: Jonathan Layes
+D: ARPD support
+
+N: Tom Lees
+E: tom@lpsg.demon.co.uk
+W: http://www.lpsg.demon.co.uk/
+P: 1024/87D4D065 2A 66 86 9D 02 4D A6 1E  B8 A2 17 9D 4F 9B 89 D6
+D: Original author and current maintainer of
+D: PnP code.
+
+N: David van Leeuwen
+E: david@tm.tno.nl
+D: Philips/LMS cm206 cdrom driver, generic cdrom driver
+S: Scheltemalaan 14
+S: 3817 KS Amersfoort
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Volker Lendecke
+E: vl@kki.org
+D: Kernel smbfs (to mount WfW, NT and OS/2 network drives.)
+D: NCP filesystem support (to mount NetWare volumes)
+S: Von-Ossietzky-Str. 12
+S: 37085 Göttingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Kevin Lentin
+E: kevinl@cs.monash.edu.au
+D: NCR53C400/T130B SCSI extension to NCR5380 driver.
+S: 18 Board Street
+S: Doncaster VIC 3108
+S: Australia
+
+N: Hans Lermen
+E: lermen@elserv.ffm.fgan.de
+D: Author of the LOADLIN Linux loader, hacking on boot stuff
+D: Coordinator of DOSEMU releases
+S: Am Muehlenweg 38
+S: D53424 Remagen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Colin Leroy
+E: colin@colino.net
+W: http://www.geekounet.org/
+D: PowerMac adt746x fan driver
+D: Random fixing of various drivers (macintosh, usb, sound)
+S: Toulouse
+S: France
+
+N: Achim Leubner
+E: achim_leubner@adaptec.com
+D: GDT Disk Array Controller/Storage RAID controller driver
+S: ICP vortex GmbH
+S: Neckarsulm
+S: Germany
+
+N: Phil Lewis
+E: beans@bucket.ualr.edu
+D: Promised to send money if I would put his name in the source tree.
+S: Post Office Box 371
+S: North Little Rock, Arkansas 72115
+S: USA
+
+N: Stephan Linz
+E: linz@mazet.de
+E: Stephan.Linz@gmx.de
+W: http://www.crosswinds.net/~tuxer
+D: PCILynx patch to work with 1394a PHY and without local RAM
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: Germany
+
+N: Christophe Lizzi
+E: lizzi@cnam.fr
+W: http://cedric.cnam.fr/personne/lizzi
+D: FORE Systems 200E-series ATM network driver, sparc64 port of ATM
+S: CNAM, Laboratoire CEDRIC
+S: 292, rue St-Martin
+S: 75141 Paris Cedex 03
+S: France
+
+N: Siegfried "Frieder" Loeffler (dg1sek)
+E: floeff@tunix.mathematik.uni-stuttgart.de, fl@LF.net
+W: http://www.mathematik.uni-stuttgart.de/~floeff
+D: Busmaster driver for HP 10/100 Mbit Network Adapters
+S: University of Stuttgart, Germany and
+S: Ecole Nationale Superieure des Telecommunications, Paris
+S: France
+
+N: Jamie Lokier
+E: jamie@shareable.org
+W: http://www.shareable.org/
+D: Reboot-through-BIOS for broken 486 motherboards
+D: Parport fixes, futex improvements
+D: First instruction of x86 sysenter path :)
+S: 51 Sunningwell Road
+S: Oxford
+S: OX1 4SZ
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Mark Lord
+E: mlord@pobox.com
+D: EIDE driver, hd.c support
+D: EIDE PCI and bus-master DMA support
+D: Hard Disk Parameter (hdparm) utility
+S: 33 Ridgefield Cr
+S: Nepean, Ontario
+S: Canada K2H 6S3
+
+N: Warner Losh
+E: imp@village.org
+D: Linux/MIPS Deskstation support, Provided OI/OB for Linux
+S: 8786 Niwot Road
+S: Niwot, Colorado 80503
+S: USA
+
+N: Robert M. Love
+E: rml@tech9.net
+E: rml@novell.com
+D: misc. kernel hacking and debugging
+S: Cambridge, MA 02139
+S: USA
+
+N: Martin von Löwis
+E: loewis@informatik.hu-berlin.de
+D: script binary format
+D: NTFS driver
+
+N: H.J. Lu
+E: hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+D: GCC + libraries hacker
+
+N: Yanir Lubetkin
+E: yanirx.lubatkin@intel.com
+E: linux-wimax@intel.com
+D: Intel Wireless WiMAX Connection 2400 driver
+
+N: Michal Ludvig
+E: michal@logix.cz
+E: michal.ludvig@asterisk.co.nz
+W: http://www.logix.cz/michal
+P: 1024D/C45B2218 1162 6471 D391 76E0 9F99  29DA 0C3A 2509 C45B 2218
+D: VIA PadLock driver
+D: Netfilter pkttype module
+S: Asterisk Ltd.
+S: Auckland
+S: New Zealand
+
+N: Tuomas J. Lukka
+E: Tuomas.Lukka@Helsinki.FI
+D: Original dual-monitor patches
+D: Console-mouse-tracking patches
+S: Puistokaari 1 E 18
+S: 00200 Helsinki
+S: Finland
+
+N: Daniel J. Maas
+E: dmaas@dcine.com
+W: http://www.maasdigital.com
+D: dv1394
+
+N: Hamish Macdonald
+E: hamishm@lucent.com
+D: Linux/68k port
+S: 32 Clydesdale Avenue
+S: Kanata, Ontario
+S: Canada K2M-2G7
+
+N: Peter MacDonald
+D: SLS distribution
+D: Initial implementation of VC's, pty's and select()
+
+N: Pavel Machek
+E: pavel@ucw.cz
+D: Softcursor for vga, hypertech cdrom support, vcsa bugfix, nbd
+D: sun4/330 port, capabilities for elf, speedup for rm on ext2, USB,
+D: work on suspend-to-ram/disk, killing duplicates from ioctl32
+S: Volkova 1131
+S: 198 00 Praha 9
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Paul Mackerras
+E: paulus@samba.org
+D: PPP driver
+D: Linux for PowerPC
+D: Linux port for PCI Power Macintosh
+
+N: Pat Mackinlay
+E: pat@it.com.au
+D: 8 bit XT hard disk driver
+D: Miscellaneous ST0x, TMC-8xx and other SCSI hacking
+S: 25 McMillan Street
+S: Victoria Park 6100
+S: Australia
+
+N: James B. MacLean
+E: macleajb@ednet.ns.ca
+W: http://www.ednet.ns.ca/~macleajb/dosemu.html
+D: Former Coordinator of DOSEMU releases
+D: Program in DOSEMU
+S: PO BOX 220, HFX. CENTRAL
+S: Halifax, Nova Scotia
+S: Canada B3J 3C8
+
+N: Kai Mäkisara
+E: Kai.Makisara@kolumbus.fi
+D: SCSI Tape Driver
+
+N: Asit Mallick
+E: asit.k.mallick@intel.com
+D: Linux/IA-64
+S: 2200 Mission College Blvd
+S: Santa Clara, CA 95052
+S: USA
+
+N: Petko Manolov
+E: petkan@users.sourceforge.net
+D: USB ethernet pegasus/pegasus-II driver
+D: USB ethernet rtl8150 driver
+D: optimizing i[45]86 string routines
+D: i386 task switching hacks
+S: 482 Shadowgraph Dr.
+S: San Jose, CA  95110
+S: USA
+
+N: Martin Mares
+E: mj@ucw.cz
+W: http://www.ucw.cz/~mj/
+D: BIOS video mode handling code
+D: MOXA C-218 serial board driver
+D: Network autoconfiguration
+D: PCI subsystem
+D: Random kernel hacking
+S: Kankovskeho 1241
+S: 182 00 Praha 8
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: John A. Martin
+E: jam@acm.org
+W: http://www.tux.org/~jam/
+P: 1024/04456D53 9D A3 6C 6B 88 80 8A 61  D7 06 22 4F 95 40 CE D2
+P: 1024/3B986635 5A61 7EE6 9E20 51FB 59FB  2DA5 3E18 DD55 3B98 6635
+D: FSSTND contributor
+D: Credit file compilator
+
+N: Kevin E. Martin
+E: martin@cs.unc.edu
+D: Developed original accelerated X servers included in XFree86
+D: XF86_Mach64
+D: XF86_Mach32
+D: XF86_Mach8
+D: XF86_8514
+D: cfdisk (curses based disk partitioning program)
+
+N: John S. Marvin
+E: jsm@fc.hp.com
+D: PA-RISC port
+S: Hewlett Packard
+S: MS 42
+S: 3404 E. Harmony Road
+S: Fort Collins, CO 80528
+S: USA
+
+N: Torben Mathiasen
+E: torben.mathiasen@compaq.com
+E: torben@kernel.dk
+W: http://tlan.kernel.dk
+D: ThunderLAN maintainer
+D: ThunderLAN updates and other kernel fixes.
+S: Bremensgade 29, st.th
+S: 2300 Copenhagen S
+S: Denmark
+
+N: Claudio S. Matsuoka
+E: cmatsuoka@gmail.com
+E: claudio@mandriva.com
+W: http://helllabs.org/~claudio
+D: V4L, OV511 and HDA-codec hacks
+S: Conectiva S.A.
+S: Souza Naves 1250
+S: 80050-040  Curitiba PR
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Heinz Mauelshagen
+E: mge@EZ-Darmstadt.Telekom.de
+D: Logical Volume Manager
+S: Bartningstr. 12
+S: 64289 Darmstadt
+S: Germany 
+
+N: Mark W. McClelland
+E: mmcclell@bigfoot.com
+E: mark@alpha.dyndns.org
+W: http://alpha.dyndns.org/ov511/
+P: 1024D/357375CC 317C 58AC 1B39 2AB0 AB96  EB38 0B6F 731F 3573 75CC
+D: OV511 driver
+S: (address available on request)
+S: USA
+
+N: Ian McDonald
+E: ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz
+E: imcdnzl@gmail.com
+W: http://wand.net.nz/~iam4
+W: http://imcdnzl.blogspot.com
+D: DCCP, CCID3
+S: Hamilton
+S: New Zealand
+
+N: Patrick McHardy
+E: kaber@trash.net
+P: 1024D/12155E80 B128 7DE6 FF0A C2B2 48BE  AB4C C9D4 964E 1215 5E80
+D: netfilter: endless number of bugfixes
+D: netfilter: CLASSIFY target
+D: netfilter: addrtype match
+D: tc: HFSC scheduler
+S: Freiburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Paul E. McKenney
+E: paulmck@us.ibm.com
+W: http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/
+D: RCU and variants
+D: rcutorture module
+
+N: Mike McLagan
+E: mike.mclagan@linux.org
+W: http://www.invlogic.com/~mmclagan
+D: DLCI/FRAD drivers for Sangoma SDLAs
+S: Innovative Logic Corp
+S: Post Office Box 1068
+S: Laurel, Maryland 20732
+S: USA
+
+N: Bradley McLean
+E: brad@bradpc.gaylord.com
+D: Device driver hacker
+D: General kernel debugger
+S: 249 Nichols Avenue
+S: Syracuse, New York 13206
+S: USA
+
+N: Kyle McMartin
+E: kyle@parisc-linux.org
+D: Linux/PARISC hacker
+D: AD1889 sound driver
+S: Ottawa, Canada
+
+N: Dirk Melchers
+E: dirk@merlin.nbg.sub.org
+D: 8 bit XT hard disk driver for OMTI5520
+S: Schloessleinsgasse 31
+S: D-90453 Nuernberg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo
+E: acme@ghostprotocols.net
+E: arnaldo.melo@gmail.com
+E: acme@redhat.com
+W: http://oops.ghostprotocols.net:81/blog/
+P: 1024D/9224DF01 D5DF E3BB E3C8 BCBB F8AD  841A B6AB 4681 9224 DF01
+D: IPX, LLC, DCCP, cyc2x, wl3501_cs, net/ hacks
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Karsten Merker
+E: merker@linuxtag.org
+D: DECstation framebuffer drivers
+S: Germany
+
+N: Michael Meskes
+E: meskes@debian.org
+P: 1024/04B6E8F5 6C 77 33 CA CC D6 22 03  AB AB 15 A3 AE AD 39 7D
+D: Kernel hacker. PostgreSQL hacker. Software watchdog daemon.
+D: Maintainer of several Debian packages
+S: Th.-Heuss-Str. 61 
+S: D-41812 Erkelenz
+S: Germany
+
+N: Nigel Metheringham
+E: Nigel.Metheringham@ThePLAnet.net
+P: 1024/31455639 B7 99 BD B8 00 17 BD 46  C1 15 B8 AB 87 BC 25 FA
+D: IP Masquerading work and minor fixes
+S: Planet Online
+S: The White House, Melbourne Street, LEEDS
+S: LS2 7PS, United Kingdom
+
+N: Craig Metz
+E: cmetz@inner.net
+D: Some of PAS 16 mixer & PCM support, inet6-apps
+
+N: William (Bill) Metzenthen
+E: billm@suburbia.net
+D: Author of the FPU emulator.
+D: Minor kernel hacker for other lost causes (Hercules mono, etc).
+S: 22 Parker Street
+S: Ormond
+S: Victoria 3163
+S: Australia
+
+N: Pauline Middelink
+E: middelin@polyware.nl
+D: General low-level bug fixes, /proc fixes, identd support
+D: Author of IP masquerading
+D: Zoran ZR36120 Video For Linux driver
+S: Boterkorfhoek 34
+S: 7546 JA  Enschede
+S: Netherlands
+
+N: David S. Miller
+E: davem@davemloft.net
+D: Sparc and blue box hacker
+D: Vger Linux mailing list co-maintainer
+D: Linux Emacs elf/qmagic support + other libc/gcc things
+D: Yee bore de yee bore! ;-)
+S: 575 Harrison St. #103
+S: San Francisco, CA 94105
+S: USA
+
+N: Rick Miller
+E: rdmiller@execpc.com
+W: http://www.execpc.com/~rdmiller/
+D: Original Linux Device Registrar (Major/minor numbers)
+D: au-play, bwBASIC
+S: S78 W16203 Woods Road
+S: Muskego, Wisconsin 53150
+S: USA
+
+N: Harald Milz
+E: hm@seneca.linux.de
+D: Linux Projects Map, Linux Commercial-HOWTO
+D: general Linux publicity in Germany, vacation port
+D: UUCP and CNEWS binary packages for LST
+S: Editorial Board iX Mag
+S: Helstorfer Str. 7
+S: D-30625 Hannover
+S: Germany
+
+N: Corey Minyard
+E: minyard@wf-rch.cirr.com
+E: minyard@mvista.com
+W: http://home.attbi.com/~minyard
+D: Sony CDU31A CDROM Driver
+D: IPMI driver
+D: Various networking fixes long ago
+D: Original ppc_md work
+D: Shared zlib
+S: 7406 Wheat Field Rd
+S: Garland, Texas 75044
+S: USA
+
+N: Kazunori Miyazawa
+E: miyazawa@linux-ipv6.org
+E: Kazunori.Miyazawa@jp.yokogawa.com
+E: kazunori@miyazawa.org
+W: http://www.miyazawa.org/~kazunori/
+D: IPsec, IPv6
+D: USAGI/WIDE Project, Yokogawa Electric Corporation
+S: 2-20-4-203, Nakacho,
+S: Musashino, Tokyo 180-0006
+S: Japan
+
+N: Patrick Mochel
+E: mochel@osdl.org
+E: mochelp@infinity.powertie.org
+D: PCI Power Management, ACPI work
+S: 12725 SW Millikan Way, Suite 400
+S: Beaverton, Oregon 97005
+S: USA
+
+N: Eberhard Mönkeberg
+E: emoenke@gwdg.de
+D: CDROM driver "sbpcd" (Matsushita/Panasonic/Soundblaster)
+S: Ruhstrathöhe 2 b.
+S: D-37085 Göttingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Thomas Molina
+E: tmolina@cablespeed.com
+D: bug fixes, documentation, minor hackery
+
+N: Paul Moore
+E: paul.moore@hp.com
+D: NetLabel author
+S: Hewlett-Packard
+S: 110 Spit Brook Road
+S: Nashua, NH 03062
+
+N: James Morris
+E: jmorris@namei.org
+W: http://namei.org/
+D: Netfilter, Linux Security Modules (LSM), SELinux, IPSec,
+D: Crypto API, general networking, miscellaneous.
+S: PO Box 707
+S: Spit Junction NSW 2088
+S: Australia
+
+N: David Mosberger-Tang
+E: davidm@hpl.hp.com if IA-64 related, else David.Mosberger@acm.org
+D: Linux/Alpha and Linux/ia64
+S: 35706 Runckel Lane
+S: Fremont, California 94536
+S: USA
+
+N: Sam Mosel
+E: sam.mosel@computer.org
+D: Wacom Intuos USB Support
+S: 22 Seaview St
+S: Fullarton 5063
+S: South Australia
+
+N. Wolfgang Muees
+E: wolfgang@iksw-muees.de
+D: Auerswald USB driver
+
+N: Ian A. Murdock
+E: imurdock@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+D: Creator of Debian distribution
+S: 30 White Tail Lane
+S: Lafayette, Indiana 47905
+S: USA
+
+N: Scott Murray
+E: scottm@somanetworks.com
+E: scott@spiteful.org
+D: OPL3-SA2, OPL3-SA3 sound driver
+D: CompactPCI hotplug core
+D: Ziatech ZT5550 and generic CompactPCI hotplug drivers
+S: Toronto, Ontario
+S: Canada
+
+N: Zwane Mwaikambo
+E: zwane@arm.linux.org.uk
+D: Various driver hacking
+D: Lowlevel x86 kernel hacking
+D: General debugging
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: Tanzania
+
+N: Trond Myklebust
+E: trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no
+D: current NFS client hacker.
+S: Dagaliveien 31e
+S: N-0391 Oslo
+S: Norway
+
+N: Johan Myreen
+E: jem@iki.fi
+D: PS/2 mouse driver writer etc.
+S: Dragonvagen 1 A 13
+S: FIN-00330 Helsingfors
+S: Finland
+
+N: Matija Nalis
+E: mnalis@jagor.srce.hr
+E: mnalis@voyager.hr
+D: Maintainer of the Umsdos file system
+S: Listopadska 7
+S: 10000 Zagreb
+S: Croatia
+
+N: Jonathan Naylor
+E: g4klx@g4klx.demon.co.uk
+E: g4klx@amsat.org
+W: http://zone.pspt.fi/~jsn/
+D: AX.25, NET/ROM and ROSE amateur radio protocol suites
+D: CCITT X.25 PLP and LAPB.
+S: 24 Castle View Drive
+S: Cromford
+S: Matlock
+S: Derbyshire DE4 3RL
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Ian S. Nelson
+E: nelsonis@earthlink.net
+P: 1024D/00D3D983 3EFD 7B86 B888 D7E2 29B6  9E97 576F 1B97 00D3 D983
+D: Minor mmap and ide hacks
+S: 1370 Atlantis Ave.
+S: Lafayette CO, 80026
+S: USA
+
+N: Russell Nelson
+E: nelson@crynwr.com
+W: http://www.crynwr.com/~nelson
+P: 1024/83942741 FF 68 EE 27 A0 5A AA C3  F5 DC 05 62 BD 5B 20 2F
+D: Author of cs89x0, maintainer of kernel changelog through 1.3.3
+D: Wrote many packet drivers, from which some Ethernet drivers are derived.
+S: 521 Pleasant Valley Road
+S: Potsdam, New York 13676
+S: USA
+
+N: Dave Neuer
+E: dave.neuer@pobox.com
+D: Helped implement support for Compaq's H31xx series iPAQs
+D: Other mostly minor tweaks & bugfixes
+
+N: Michael Neuffer
+E: mike@i-Connect.Net
+E: neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de
+W: http://www.i-Connect.Net/~mike/
+D: Developer and maintainer of the EATA-DMA SCSI driver
+D: Co-developer EATA-PIO SCSI driver
+D: /proc/scsi and assorted other snippets 
+S: Zum Schiersteiner Grund 2
+S: 55127 Mainz
+S: Germany
+
+N: Gustavo Niemeyer
+E: niemeyer@conectiva.com
+W: https://moin.conectiva.com.br/GustavoNiemeyer
+D: wl3501 PCMCIA wireless card initial support for wireless extensions in 2.4
+S: Conectiva S.A.
+S: R. Tocantins 89
+S: 80050-430  Curitiba PR
+S: Brazil
+
+N: David C. Niemi
+E: niemi@tux.org
+W: http://www.tux.org/~niemi/
+D: Assistant maintainer of Mtools, fdutils, and floppy driver
+D: Administrator of Tux.Org Linux Server, http://www.tux.org
+S: 2364 Old Trail Drive
+S: Reston, Virginia 20191
+S: USA
+
+N: Fredrik Noring
+E: noring@nocrew.org
+W: http://www.lysator.liu.se/~noring/
+D: dsp56k device driver
+
+N: Michael O'Reilly
+E: michael@iinet.com.au
+E: oreillym@tartarus.uwa.edu.au
+D: Wrote the original dynamic sized disk cache stuff. I think the only
+D: part that remains is the GFP_KERNEL et al #defines. :)
+S: 192 Nichsolson Road
+S: Subiaco, 6008
+S: Perth, Western Australia
+S: Australia
+
+N: Miguel Ojeda Sandonis
+E: miguel.ojeda.sandonis@gmail.com
+W: http://miguelojeda.es
+W: http://jair.lab.fi.uva.es/~migojed/
+D: Author of the ks0108, cfag12864b and cfag12864bfb auxiliary display drivers.
+D: Maintainer of the auxiliary display drivers tree (drivers/auxdisplay/*)
+S: C/ Mieses 20, 9-B
+S: Valladolid 47009
+S: Spain
+
+N: Gadi Oxman
+E: gadio@netvision.net.il
+D: Original author and maintainer of IDE/ATAPI floppy/tape drivers
+
+N: Greg Page
+E: gpage@sovereign.org
+D: IPX development and support
+
+N: David Parsons
+E: orc@pell.chi.il.us
+D: improved memory detection code.
+
+N: Ivan Passos
+E: ivan@cyclades.com
+D: Author of the Cyclades-PC300 synchronous card driver
+D: Maintainer of the Cyclom-Y/Cyclades-Z asynchronous card driver
+S: Cyclades Corp
+S: 41934 Christy St
+S: Fremont, CA 94538
+S: USA
+
+N: Mikulas Patocka
+E: mikulas@artax.karlin.mff.cuni.cz
+W: http://artax.karlin.mff.cuni.cz/~mikulas/
+P: 1024/BB11D2D5 A0 F1 28 4A C4 14 1E CF  92 58 7A 8F 69 BC A4 D3
+D: Read/write HPFS filesystem
+S: Weissova 8
+S: 644 00 Brno
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Vojtech Pavlik
+E: vojtech@suse.cz
+D: Joystick driver
+D: arcnet-hardware readme
+D: Minor ARCnet hacking
+D: USB (HID, ACM, Printer ...)
+S: Ucitelska 1576
+S: Prague 8
+S: 182 00 Czech Republic
+
+N: Rick Payne
+D: RFC2385 Support for TCP
+
+N: Barak A. Pearlmutter
+E: bap@cs.unm.edu
+W: http://www.cs.unm.edu/~bap/
+P: 512/602D785D 9B A1 83 CD EE CB AD 93  20 C6 4C B7 F5 E9 60 D4
+D: Author of mark-and-sweep GC integrated by Alan Cox
+S: Computer Science Department
+S: FEC 313
+S: University of New Mexico
+S: Albuquerque, New Mexico 87131
+S: USA
+
+N: Avery Pennarun
+E: apenwarr@worldvisions.ca
+W: http://www.worldvisions.ca/~apenwarr/
+D: ARCnet driver
+D: "make xconfig" improvements
+D: Various minor hacking
+S: RR #5, 497 Pole Line Road
+S: Thunder Bay, Ontario
+S: CANADA P7C 5M9
+
+N: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez
+E: inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com
+E: linux-wimax@intel.com
+E: inakypg@yahoo.com
+D: WiMAX stack
+D: Intel Wireless WiMAX Connection 2400 driver
+
+N: Yuri Per
+E: yuri@pts.mipt.ru
+D: Some smbfs fixes
+S: Demonstratsii 8-382
+S: Tula 300000
+S: Russia
+
+N: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez
+E: inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com
+D: UWB stack, HWA-RC driver and HWA-HC drivers
+D: Wireless USB additions to the USB stack
+D: WiMedia Link Protocol bits and pieces
+
+N: Gordon Peters
+E: GordPeters@smarttech.com
+D: Isochronous receive for IEEE 1394 driver (OHCI module).
+D: Bugfixes for the aforementioned.
+S: Calgary, Alberta
+S: Canada
+
+N: Johnnie Peters
+E: jpeters@phx.mcd.mot.com
+D: Motorola PowerPC changes for PReP
+S: 2900 S. Diable Way
+S: Tempe, Arizona 85282
+S: USA
+
+N: Kirk Petersen
+E: kirk@speakeasy.org
+W: http://www.speakeasy.org/~kirk/
+D: implemented kmod
+D: modularized BSD Unix domain sockets
+
+N: Martin Kasper Petersen
+E: mkp@mkp.net
+D: PA-RISC port
+D: XFS file system
+D: kiobuf based block I/O work
+S: 314 Frank St.
+S: Ottawa, Ontario
+S: Canada K2P 0X8
+
+N: Mikael Pettersson
+E: mikpe@it.uu.se
+W: http://user.it.uu.se/~mikpe/linux/
+D: Miscellaneous fixes
+
+N: Reed H. Petty
+E: rhp@draper.net
+W: http://www.draper.net
+D: Loop device driver extensions
+D: Encryption transfer modules (no export)
+S: Post Office Box 1815
+S: Harrison, Arkansas  72602-1815
+S: USA
+
+N: Kai Petzke
+E: petzke@teltarif.de
+W: http://www.teltarif.de/
+P: 1024/B42868C1 D9 59 B9 98 BB 93 05 38  2E 3E 31 79 C3 65 5D E1
+D: Driver for Laser Magnetic Storage CD-ROM
+D: Some kernel bug fixes
+D: Port of the database Postgres
+D: Book: "Linux verstehen und anwenden" (Hanser-Verlag)
+S: Triftstra=DFe 55
+S: 13353 Berlin
+S: Germany
+
+N: Emanuel Pirker
+E: epirker@edu.uni-klu.ac.at
+D: AIC5800 IEEE 1394, RAW I/O on 1394
+D: Starter of Linux1394 effort
+S: ask per mail for current address
+
+N: Nicolas Pitre
+E: nico@fluxnic.net
+D: StrongARM SA1100 support integrator & hacker
+D: Xscale PXA architecture
+D: unified SMC 91C9x/91C11x ethernet driver (smc91x)
+S: Montreal, Quebec, Canada
+
+N: Ken Pizzini
+E: ken@halcyon.com
+D: CDROM driver "sonycd535" (Sony CDU-535/531)
+
+N: Stelian Pop
+E: stelian@popies.net
+P: 1024D/EDBB6147 7B36 0E07 04BC 11DC A7A0  D3F7 7185 9E7A EDBB 6147
+D: random kernel hacks
+S: Paimpont, France
+
+N: Pete Popov
+E: pete_popov@yahoo.com
+D: Linux/MIPS AMD/Alchemy Port and mips hacking and debugging
+S: San Jose, CA 95134
+S: USA
+
+N: Matt Porter
+E: mporter@kernel.crashing.org
+D: Motorola PowerPC PReP support
+D: cPCI PowerPC support
+D: Embedded PowerPC 4xx/6xx/7xx/74xx support
+S: Chandler, Arizona 85249
+S: USA
+
+N: Frederic Potter 
+E: fpotter@cirpack.com
+D: Some PCI kernel support
+
+N: Rui Prior
+E: rprior@inescn.pt
+D: ATM device driver for NICStAR based cards
+
+N: Stefan Probst
+E: sp@caldera.de
+D: The Linux Support Team Erlangen, 1993-97
+S: Caldera (Deutschland) GmbH
+S: Lazarettstrasse 8
+S: 91054 Erlangen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Giuliano Procida
+E: myxie@debian.org,gprocida@madge.com
+D: Madge Ambassador driver (Collage 155 Server ATM adapter)
+D: Madge Horizon driver (Collage 25 and 155 Client ATM adapters)
+P: 1024/93898735 D3 9E F4 F7 6D 8D 2F 3A  38 BA 06 7C 2B 33 43 7D
+S: Madge Networks
+S: Framewood Road
+S: Wexham SL3 6PJ
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Daniel Quinlan
+E: quinlan@pathname.com
+W: http://www.pathname.com/~quinlan/
+D: FSSTND coordinator; FHS editor
+D: random Linux documentation, patches, and hacks
+S: 4390 Albany Drive #41A
+S: San Jose, California 95129
+S: USA
+
+N: Juan Quintela
+E: quintela@fi.udc.es
+D: Memory Management hacking
+S: LFCIA
+S: Departamento de Computación
+S: Universidade da Coruña
+S: E-15071
+S: A Coruña
+S: Spain
+
+N: Augusto Cesar Radtke
+E: bishop@sekure.org
+W: http://bishop.sekure.org
+D: {copy,get,put}_user calls updates
+D: Miscellaneous hacks
+S: R. Otto Marquardt, 226 - Garcia
+S: 89020-350 Blumenau - Santa Catarina
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Goutham Rao
+E: goutham.rao@intel.com
+D: Linux/IA-64
+S: 2200 Mission College Blvd
+S: Santa Clara, CA 95052
+S: USA
+
+N: Eric S. Raymond
+E: esr@thyrsus.com
+W: http://www.tuxedo.org/~esr/
+D: terminfo master file maintainer
+D: Editor: Installation HOWTO, Distributions HOWTO, XFree86 HOWTO
+D: Author: fetchmail, Emacs VC mode, Emacs GUD mode
+S: 6 Karen Drive
+S: Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355
+S: USA
+
+N: Stefan Reinauer
+E: stepan@linux.de
+W: http://www.freiburg.linux.de/~stepan/
+D: Modularization of some filesystems
+D: /proc/sound, minor fixes
+S: Schlossbergring 9
+S: 79098 Freiburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Thomas Renninger
+E: trenn@suse.de
+D: cpupowerutils
+S: SUSE Linux GmbH
+S: Germany
+
+N: Joerg Reuter
+E: jreuter@yaina.de
+W: http://yaina.de/jreuter/
+W: http://www.qsl.net/dl1bke/
+D: Generic Z8530 driver, AX.25 DAMA slave implementation
+D: Several AX.25 hacks
+
+N: Francois-Rene Rideau
+E: fare@tunes.org
+W: http://www.tunes.org/~fare
+D: petty kernel janitor (byteorder, ufs)
+S: 6, rue Augustin Thierry
+S: 75019 Paris
+S: France
+
+N: Rik van Riel
+E: riel@redhat.com
+W: http://www.surriel.com/
+D: Linux-MM site, Documentation/sysctl/*, swap/mm readaround
+D: kswapd fixes, random kernel hacker, rmap VM,
+D: nl.linux.org administrator, minor scheduler additions
+S: Red Hat Boston
+S: 3 Lan Drive
+S: Westford, MA 01886
+S: USA
+
+N: Pekka Riikonen
+E: priikone@poseidon.pspt.fi
+E: priikone@ssh.com
+D: Random kernel hacking and bug fixes
+D: International kernel patch project
+S: Kasarmikatu 11 A4
+S: 70110 Kuopio
+S: Finland
+
+N: Tobias Ringström
+E: tori@unhappy.mine.nu
+D: Davicom DM9102(A)/DM9132/DM9801 fast ethernet driver
+
+N: Luca Risolia
+E: luca.risolia@studio.unibo.it
+P: 1024D/FCE635A4 88E8 F32F 7244 68BA 3958  5D40 99DA 5D2A FCE6 35A4
+D: V4L driver for W996[87]CF JPEG USB Dual Mode Camera Chips
+D: V4L2 driver for SN9C10x PC Camera Controllers
+D: V4L2 driver for ET61X151 and ET61X251 PC Camera Controllers
+D: V4L2 driver for ZC0301 Image Processor and Control Chip
+S: Via Liberta' 41/A
+S: Osio Sotto, 24046, Bergamo
+S: Italy
+
+N: William E. Roadcap
+E: roadcapw@cfw.com
+W: http://www.cfw.com/~roadcapw
+D: Author of menu based configuration tool, Menuconfig.
+S: 1407 Broad Street
+S: Waynesboro, Virginia 22980
+S: USA
+
+N: Andrew J. Robinson
+E: arobinso@nyx.net
+W: http://www.nyx.net/~arobinso
+D: Hayes ESP serial port driver
+
+N: Florian La Roche
+E: rzsfl@rz.uni-sb.de
+E: flla@stud.uni-sb.de
+D: Net programs and kernel net hacker
+S: Gaildorfer Str. 27
+S: 7000 Stuttgart 50
+S: Germany
+
+N: Christoph Rohland
+E: hans-christoph.rohland@sap.com
+E: ch.rohland@gmx.net
+D: shm fs, SYSV semaphores, af_unix
+S: Neue Heimat Str. 8
+S: D-68789 St.Leon-Rot
+S: Germany
+
+N: Thiago Berlitz Rondon
+E: maluco@mileniumnet.com.br
+W: http://vivaldi.linuxms.com.br/~maluco
+D: Miscellaneous kernel hacker
+S: R. Anhanguera, 1487 - Ipiranga
+S: 79080-740 - Campo Grande - Mato Grosso do Sul
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Stephen Rothwell
+E: sfr@canb.auug.org.au
+W: http://www.canb.auug.org.au/~sfr
+P: 1024/BD8C7805 CD A4 9D 01 10 6E 7E 3B  91 88 FA D9 C8 40 AA 02
+D: Boot/setup/build work for setup > 2K
+D: Author, APM driver
+D: Directory notification
+S: 66 Maltby Circuit
+S: Wanniassa ACT 2903
+S: Australia
+
+N: Gerard Roudier
+E: groudier@free.fr
+D: Contributed to asynchronous read-ahead improvement
+S: 21 Rue Carnot
+S: 95170 Deuil La Barre
+S: France
+
+N: Sebastien Rougeaux
+E: Sebastien.Rougeaux@syseng.anu.edu.au
+D: IEEE 1394 OHCI module
+S: Research School of Information Science and Engineering
+S: The Australian National University, ACT 0200
+S: Australia
+
+N: Aristeu Sergio Rozanski Filho
+E: aris@cathedrallabs.org
+D: Support for EtherExpress 10 ISA (i82595) in eepro driver
+D: User level driver support for input
+S: R. Jose Serrato, 130 - Santa Candida
+S: 82640-320 - Curitiba - Paraná
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Alessandro Rubini
+E: rubini@ipvvis.unipv.it
+D: the gpm mouse server and kernel support for it
+
+N: Philipp Rumpf
+E: prumpf@tux.org
+D: random bugfixes
+S: Drausnickstrasse 29
+S: 91052 Erlangen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Paul `Rusty' Russell
+E: rusty@rustcorp.com.au
+W: http://ozlabs.org/~rusty
+D: Ruggedly handsome.
+D: netfilter, ipchains with Michael Neuling.
+S: 52 Moore St
+S: Turner ACT 2612
+S: Australia
+
+N: Richard Russon (FlatCap)
+E: kernel@flatcap.org
+W: http://www.flatcap.org
+D: NTFS support
+D: LDM support (Win2000/XP Logical Disk Manager/Dynamic Disks)
+S: 50 Swansea Road
+S: Reading
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Bill Ryder
+E: bryder@sgi.com
+D: FTDI_SIO usb/serial converter driver
+W: http://reality.sgi.com/bryder_wellington/ftdi_sio
+S: I/3 Walter St
+S: Wellington
+S: New Zealand
+
+N: Sampo Saaristo
+E: sambo@cs.tut.fi
+D: Co-author of Multi-Protocol Over ATM (MPOA)
+S: Tampere University of Technology / Telecom lab
+S: Hermiankatu 12C
+S: FIN-33720 Tampere
+S: Finland
+
+N: Thomas Sailer
+E: t.sailer@alumni.ethz.ch
+E: HB9JNX@HB9W.CHE.EU (packet radio)
+D: Baycom driver
+S: Markusstrasse 18
+S: 8006 Zuerich
+S: Switzerland
+
+N: Manuel Estrada Sainz
+D: Firmware loader (request_firmware)
+
+N: Wayne Salamon
+E: wsalamon@tislabs.com
+E: wsalamon@nai.com
+D: portions of the Linux Security Module (LSM) framework and security modules
+
+N: Robert Sanders
+E: gt8134b@prism.gatech.edu
+D: Dosemu
+
+N: Duncan Sands
+E: duncan.sands@free.fr
+W: http://topo.math.u-psud.fr/~sands
+D: Alcatel SpeedTouch USB driver
+S: 69 rue Dunois
+S: 75013 Paris
+S: France
+
+N: Dipankar Sarma
+E: dipankar@in.ibm.com
+D: RCU
+
+N: Hannu Savolainen
+E: hannu@opensound.com
+D: Maintainer of the sound drivers until 2.1.x days.
+D: Original compressed boot image support.
+S: Valurink. 4A11
+S: 03600 Karkkila
+S: Finland
+
+N: Deepak Saxena
+E: dsaxena@plexity.net
+D: I2O kernel layer (config, block, core, pci, net). I2O disk support for LILO
+D: XScale(IOP, IXP) porting and other random ARM bits
+S: Portland, OR
+
+N: Eric Schenk
+E: Eric.Schenk@dna.lth.se
+D: Random kernel debugging.
+D: SYSV Semaphore code rewrite.
+D: Network layer debugging.
+D: Dial on demand facility (diald).
+S: Dag Hammerskjolds v. 3E
+S: S-226 64 LUND
+S: Sweden
+
+N: Henning P. Schmiedehausen
+E: hps@tanstaafl.de
+D: added PCI support to the serial driver
+S: Buckenhof, Germany
+
+N: Michael Schmitz
+E:
+D: Macintosh IDE Driver
+
+N: Peter De Schrijver
+E: stud11@cc4.kuleuven.ac.be
+D: Mitsumi CD-ROM driver patches March version
+S: Molenbaan 29
+S: B2240 Zandhoven
+S: Belgium
+
+N: Martin Schulze
+E: joey@linux.de
+W: http://home.pages.de/~joey/
+D: Random Linux Hacker, Linux Promoter
+D: CD-List, Books-List, Ex-FAQ
+D: Linux-Support, -Mailbox, -Stammtisch
+D: several improvements to system programs
+S: Oldenburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Robert Schwebel
+E: robert@schwebel.de
+W: http://www.schwebel.de
+D: Embedded hacker and book author,
+D: AMD Elan support for Linux
+S: Pengutronix
+S: Braunschweiger Strasse 79
+S: 31134 Hildesheim
+S: Germany
+
+N: Darren Senn
+E: sinster@darkwater.com
+D: Whatever I notice needs doing (so far: itimers, /proc)
+S: Post Office Box 64132
+S: Sunnyvale, California 94088-4132
+S: USA
+
+N: Stas Sergeev
+E: stsp@users.sourceforge.net
+D: PCM PC-Speaker driver
+D: misc fixes
+S: Russia
+
+N: Simon Shapiro
+E: shimon@i-Connect.Net
+W: http://www.-i-Connect.Net/~shimon
+D: SCSI debugging
+D: Maintainer of the Debian Kernel packages
+S: 14355 SW Allen Blvd., Suite #140
+S: Beaverton, Oregon 97008
+S: USA
+
+N: Mike Shaver
+E: shaver@hungry.org
+W: http://www.hungry.org/~shaver/
+D: MIPS work, /proc/sys/net, misc net hacking
+S: 149 Union St.
+S: Kingston, Ontario
+S: Canada K7L 2P4
+
+N: John Shifflett
+E: john@geolog.com
+E: jshiffle@netcom.com
+D: Always IN2000 SCSI driver
+D: wd33c93 SCSI driver (linux-m68k)
+S: San Jose, California
+S: USA
+
+N: Robert Siemer
+E: Robert.Siemer@gmx.de
+P: 2048/C99A4289 2F DC 17 2E 56 62 01 C8  3D F2 AC 09 F2 E5 DD EE
+D: miroSOUND PCM20 radio RDS driver, ACI rewrite
+S: Klosterweg 28 / i309
+S: 76131 Karlsruhe
+S: Germany
+
+N: James Simmons 
+E: jsimmons@infradead.org
+E: jsimmons@users.sf.net 
+D: Frame buffer device maintainer
+D: input layer development
+D: tty/console layer
+D: various mipsel devices 
+S: 115 Carmel Avenue 
+S: El Cerrito CA 94530
+S: USA 
+
+N: Jaspreet Singh
+E: jaspreet@sangoma.com
+W: www.sangoma.com
+D: WANPIPE drivers & API Support for Sangoma S508/FT1 cards 
+S: Sangoma Technologies Inc.,
+S: 1001 Denison Street
+S: Suite 101
+S: Markham, Ontario L3R 2Z6
+S: Canada
+
+N: Rick Sladkey
+E: jrs@world.std.com
+D: utility hacker: Emacs, NFS server, mount, kmem-ps, UPS debugger, strace, GDB
+D: library hacker: RPC, profil(3), realpath(3), regexp.h
+D: kernel hacker: unnamed block devs, NFS client, fast select, precision timer
+S: 24 Avon Place
+S: Arlington, Massachusetts 02174
+S: USA
+
+N: Craig Small
+E: csmall@triode.apana.org.au
+E: vk2xlz@gonzo.vk2xlz.ampr.org (packet radio)
+D: Gracilis PackeTwin device driver
+D: RSPF daemon 
+S: 10 Stockalls Place
+S: Minto, NSW, 2566
+S: Australia
+
+N: Stephen Smalley
+E: sds@tycho.nsa.gov
+D: portions of the Linux Security Module (LSM) framework and security modules
+
+N: Chris Smith
+E: csmith@convex.com
+D: Read only HPFS filesystem
+S: Richardson, Texas
+S: USA
+
+N: Christopher Smith
+E: x@xman.org
+D: Tulip net driver hacker
+
+N: Mark Smith
+E: mark.smith@comdev.cc
+D: Multicast support in bonding driver
+
+N: Miquel van Smoorenburg
+E: miquels@cistron.nl
+D: Kernel and net hacker. Sysvinit, minicom. doing Debian stuff.
+S: Cistron Internet Services
+S: PO-Box 297
+S: 2400 AG, Alphen aan den Rijn
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Scott Snyder
+E: snyder@fnald0.fnal.gov
+D: ATAPI cdrom driver
+S: MS 352, Fermilab
+S: Post Office Box 500
+S: Batavia, Illinois 60510
+S: USA
+
+N: Leo Spiekman
+E: leo@netlabs.net
+W: http://www.netlabs.net/hp/leo/
+D: Optics Storage 8000AT cdrom driver
+S: Cliffwood, New Jersey 07721
+S: USA
+
+N: Manfred Spraul
+E: manfred@colorfullife.com
+W: http://www.colorfullife.com/~manfred
+D: Lots of tiny hacks. Larger improvements to SysV IPC msg,
+D: slab, pipe, select.
+S: 71701 Schwieberdingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Andrew Stanley-Jones
+E: asj@lanmedia.com
+D: LanMedia Corp. Device WAN card device driver
+S: #102, 686 W. Maude Ave
+S: Sunyvale, CA 94086
+S: USA
+
+N: Michael Still
+E: mikal@stillhq.com
+W: http://www.stillhq.com
+D: Various janitorial patches
+D: mandocs and mandocs_install build targets
+S: (Email me and ask)
+S: Australia
+
+N: Henrik Storner
+E: storner@image.dk
+W: http://www.image.dk/~storner/
+W: http://www.sslug.dk/
+D: Configure script: Invented tristate for module-configuration
+D: vfat/msdos integration, kerneld docs, Linux promotion
+D: Miscellaneous bug-fixes
+S: Chr. Winthersvej 1 B, st.th.
+S: DK-1860 Frederiksberg C
+S: Denmark
+
+N: Drew Sullivan
+E: drew@ss.org
+W: http://www.ss.org/
+P: 1024/ACFFA969 5A 9C 42 AB E4 24 82 31  99 56 00 BF D3 2B 25 46
+D: iBCS2 developer
+S: 22 Irvington Cres.
+S: Willowdale, Ontario
+S: Canada M2N 2Z1
+
+N: Adam Sulmicki
+E: adam@cfar.umd.edu
+W: http://www.eax.com
+D: core networking fixes
+D: patch-kernel enhancements
+D: misc kernel fixes and updates
+
+N: Adrian Sun
+E: asun@cobaltnet.com
+D: hfs support
+D: alpha rtc port, random appletalk fixes
+S: Department of Zoology, University of Washington
+S: Seattle, WA  98195-1800
+S: USA
+
+N: Eugene Surovegin
+E: ebs@ebshome.net
+W: http://kernel.ebshome.net/
+P: 1024D/AE5467F1 FF22 39F1 6728 89F6 6E6C  2365 7602 F33D AE54 67F1
+D: Embedded PowerPC 4xx: EMAC, I2C, PIC and random hacks/fixes
+S: Sunnyvale, California 94085
+S: USA
+
+N: Corey Thomas
+E: corey@world.std.com
+W: http://world.std.com/~corey/index.html
+D: Raylink/WebGear wireless LAN device driver (ray_cs) author
+S: 145 Howard St.
+S: Northborough, MA 01532
+S: USA
+
+N: Tommy Thorn
+E: Tommy.Thorn@irisa.fr
+W: http://www.irisa.fr/prive/thorn/index.html
+P: 512/B4AFC909 BC BF 6D B1 52 26 1E D6  E3 2F A3 24 2A 84 FE 21
+D: Device driver hacker (aha1542 & plip)
+S: IRISA
+S: Universit=E9 de Rennes I
+S: F-35042 Rennes Cedex
+S: France
+
+N: Urs Thuermann
+E: urs.thuermann@volkswagen.de
+W: http://www.volkswagen.de
+D: Controller Area Network (network layer core)
+S: Brieffach 1776
+S: 38436 Wolfsburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Jon Tombs
+E: jon@gte.esi.us.es
+W: http://www.esi.us.es/~jon
+D: NFS mmap()
+D: XF86_S3
+D: Kernel modules
+D: Parts of various other programs (xfig, open, ...)
+S: C/ Federico Garcia Lorca 1 10-A
+S: Sevilla 41005
+S: Spain
+
+N: Linus Torvalds
+E: torvalds@linux-foundation.org
+D: Original kernel hacker
+S: Portland, Oregon 97005
+S: USA
+
+N: Marcelo Tosatti
+E: marcelo@kvack.org
+D: v2.4 kernel maintainer
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Stefan Traby
+E: stefan@quant-x.com
+D: Minor Alpha kernel hacks
+S: Mitterlasznitzstr. 13
+S: 8302 Nestelbach
+S: Austria
+
+N: Jeff Tranter
+E: tranter@pobox.com
+D: Enhancements to Joystick driver
+D: Author of Sound HOWTO and CD-ROM HOWTO
+D: Author of several small utilities
+D: (bogomips, scope, eject, statserial)
+S: 1 Laurie Court
+S: Kanata, Ontario
+S: Canada K2L 1S2
+
+N: Andrew Tridgell
+E: tridge@samba.org
+W: http://samba.org/tridge/
+D: dosemu, networking, samba
+S: 3 Ballow Crescent
+S: MacGregor A.C.T 2615
+S: Australia
+
+N: Josh Triplett
+E: josh@freedesktop.org
+P: 1024D/D0FE7AFB B24A 65C9 1D71 2AC2 DE87  CA26 189B 9946 D0FE 7AFB
+D: rcutorture maintainer
+D: lock annotations, finding and fixing lock bugs
+
+N: Winfried Trümper
+E: winni@xpilot.org
+W: http://www.shop.de/~winni/
+D: German HOWTO, Crash-Kurs Linux (German, 100 comprehensive pages)
+D: CD-Writing HOWTO, various mini-HOWTOs
+D: One-week tutorials on Linux twice a year (free of charge)
+D: Linux-Workshop Köln (aka LUG Cologne, Germany), Installfests
+S: Tacitusstr. 6
+S: D-50968 Köln
+
+N: Tsu-Sheng Tsao
+E: tsusheng@scf.usc.edu
+D: IGMP(Internet Group Management Protocol) version 2
+S: 2F 14 ALY 31 LN 166 SEC 1 SHIH-PEI RD
+S: Taipei 
+S: Taiwan 112
+S: Republic of China
+S: 24335 Delta Drive
+S: Diamond Bar, California 91765
+S: USA
+
+N: Theodore Ts'o
+E: tytso@mit.edu
+D: Random Linux hacker
+D: Maintainer of tsx-11.mit.edu ftp archive
+D: Maintainer of c.o.l.* Usenet<->mail gateway
+D: Author of serial driver
+D: Author of the new e2fsck
+D: Author of job control and system call restart code
+D: Author of ramdisk device driver
+D: Author of loopback device driver
+D: Author of /dev/random driver
+S: MIT Room E40-343
+S: 1 Amherst Street
+S: Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139
+S: USA
+
+N: Simmule Turner
+E: sturner@tele-tv.com
+D: Added swapping to filesystem
+S: 4226 Landgreen Street
+S: Rockville, Maryland 20853
+S: USA
+
+N: Stephen Tweedie
+E: sct@redhat.com
+P: 1024/E7A417AD E2 FE A4 20 34 EC ED FC 7D 7E 67 8D E0 31 D1 69
+P: 1024D/43BE7544 D2A4 8556 08E6 90E7 076C  BA3F 243F 20A4 43BE 7544
+D: Second extended file system developer
+D: General filesystem hacker
+D: kswap vm management code
+S: 44 Campbell Park Crescent
+S: Edinburgh EH13 0HT
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Thomas Uhl
+E: uhl@sun1.rz.fh-heilbronn.de
+D: Application programmer
+D: Linux promoter
+D: Author of a German book on Linux
+S: Obere Heerbergstrasse 17
+S: 97078 Wuerzburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Greg Ungerer
+E: gerg@snapgear.com
+D: uClinux kernel hacker
+D: Port uClinux to the Motorola ColdFire CPU
+D: Author of Stallion multiport serial drivers
+S: SnapGear Inc.
+S: 825 Stanley St
+S: Woolloongabba. QLD. 4102
+S: Australia
+
+N: Jeffrey A. Uphoff
+E: juphoff@transmeta.com
+E: jeff.uphoff@linux.org
+P: 1024/9ED505C5 D7 BB CA AA 10 45 40 1B  16 19 0A C0 38 A0 3E CB
+D: Linux Security/Alert mailing lists' moderator/maintainer.
+D: NSM (rpc.statd) developer.
+D: PAM S/Key module developer.
+D: 'dip' contributor.
+D: AIPS port, astronomical community support.
+S: Transmeta Corporation
+S: 2540 Mission College Blvd.
+S: Santa Clara, CA 95054
+S: USA
+
+N: Matthias Urlichs
+E: smurf@smurf.noris.de
+E: smurf@debian.org
+E: matthias@urlichs.de
+D: Consultant, developer, kernel hacker
+D: In a previous life, worked on Streams/ISDN/BSD networking code for Linux
+S: Schleiermacherstrasse 12
+S: 90491 Nuernberg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Geert Uytterhoeven
+E: geert@linux-m68k.org
+W: http://users.telenet.be/geertu/
+P: 1024/862678A6 C51D 361C 0BD1 4C90 B275  C553 6EEA 11BA 8626 78A6
+D: m68k/Amiga and PPC/CHRP Longtrail coordinator
+D: Frame buffer device and XF68_FBDev maintainer
+D: m68k IDE maintainer
+D: Amiga Zorro maintainer
+D: Amiga Buddha and Catweasel chipset IDE
+D: Atari Falcon chipset IDE
+D: Amiga Gayle chipset IDE
+D: mipsel NEC DDB Vrc-5074
+S: Haterbeekstraat 55B
+S: B-3200 Aarschot
+S: Belgium
+
+N: Chris Vance
+E: cvance@tislabs.com
+E: cvance@nai.com
+D: portions of the Linux Security Module (LSM) framework and security modules
+
+N: Petr Vandrovec
+E: petr@vandrovec.name
+D: Small contributions to ncpfs
+D: Matrox framebuffer driver
+S: 21513 Conradia Ct
+S: Cupertino, CA 95014
+S: USA
+
+N: Thibaut Varene
+E: T-Bone@parisc-linux.org
+W: http://www.parisc-linux.org/~varenet/
+P: 1024D/B7D2F063 E67C 0D43 A75E 12A5 BB1C  FA2F 1E32 C3DA B7D2 F063
+D: PA-RISC port minion, PDC and GSCPS2 drivers, debuglocks and other bits
+D: Some ARM at91rm9200 bits, S1D13XXX FB driver, random patches here and there
+D: AD1889 sound driver
+S: Paris, France
+
+N: Heikki Vatiainen
+E: hessu@cs.tut.fi
+D: Co-author of Multi-Protocol Over ATM (MPOA), some LANE hacks
+S: Tampere University of Technology / Telecom lab
+S: Hermiankatu 12C
+S: FIN-33720 Tampere
+S: Finland
+
+N: Andrew Veliath
+E: andrewtv@usa.net
+D: Turtle Beach MultiSound sound driver
+S: USA
+
+N: Dirk Verworner
+D: Co-author of German book ``Linux-Kernel-Programmierung''
+D: Co-founder of Berlin Linux User Group
+
+N: Riku Voipio
+E: riku.voipio@iki.fi
+D: Author of PCA9532 LED and Fintek f75375s hwmon driver
+D: Some random ARM board patches
+S: Finland
+
+N: Patrick Volkerding
+E: volkerdi@ftp.cdrom.com
+D: Produced the Slackware distribution, updated the SVGAlib
+D: patches for ghostscript, worked on color 'ls', etc.
+S: 301 15th Street S.
+S: Moorhead, Minnesota 56560
+S: USA 
+
+N: Jos Vos
+E: jos@xos.nl
+W: http://www.xos.nl/
+D: Various IP firewall updates, ipfwadm
+S: X/OS Experts in Open Systems BV
+S: Kruislaan 419
+S: 1098 VA Amsterdam 
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Jeroen Vreeken
+E: pe1rxq@amsat.org
+W: http://www.chello.nl/~j.vreeken/
+D: SE401 usb webcam driver
+D: ZD1201 usb wireless lan driver
+S: Maastrichterweg 63
+S: 5554 GG Valkenswaard
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Mark Wallis
+E: mwallis@serialmonkey.com
+W: http://mark.serialmonkey.com
+D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
+S: Newcastle, Australia
+
+N: Peter Shaobo Wang
+E: pwang@mmdcorp.com
+W: http://www.mmdcorp.com/pw/linux
+D: Driver for Interphase ATM (i)Chip SAR adapter card family (x575, x525, x531).
+S: 1513 Brewster Dr.
+S: Carrollton, TX 75010
+S: USA
+
+N: Tim Waugh
+E: tim@cyberelk.net
+D: Co-architect of the parallel-port sharing system
+S: 17 Curling Vale
+S: GUILDFORD
+S: Surrey
+S: GU2 7PJ
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Juergen Weigert
+E: jnweiger@immd4.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
+D: The Linux Support Team Erlangen
+
+N: David Weinehall
+E: tao@acc.umu.se
+P: 1024D/DC47CA16 7ACE 0FB0 7A74 F994 9B36  E1D1 D14E 8526 DC47 CA16
+W: http://www.acc.umu.se/~tao/
+D: v2.0 kernel maintainer
+D: Fixes for the NE/2-driver
+D: Miscellaneous MCA-support
+D: Cleanup of the Config-files
+
+N: Matt Welsh
+E: mdw@metalab.unc.edu
+W: http://www.cs.berkeley.edu/~mdw
+D: Original Linux Documentation Project coordinator
+D: Author, "Running Linux" (O'Reilly)
+D: Author, "Linux Installation and Getting Started" (LDP) and several HOWTOs
+D: Linuxdoc-SGML formatting system (now SGML-Tools)
+D: Device drivers for various high-speed network interfaces (Myrinet, ATM)
+D: Keithley DAS1200 device driver
+D: Original maintainer of sunsite WWW and FTP sites
+D: Original moderator of c.o.l.announce and c.o.l.answers
+S: Computer Science Division
+S: UC Berkeley
+S: Berkeley, CA 94720-1776
+S: USA
+
+N: Harald Welte
+E: laforge@netfilter.org
+P: 1024D/30F48BFF DBDE 6912 8831 9A53 879B  9190 5DA5 C655 30F4 8BFF
+W: http://gnumonks.org/users/laforge
+D: netfilter: new nat helper infrastructure
+D: netfilter: ULOG, ECN, DSCP target
+D: netfilter: TTL match
+D: netfilter: IPv6 mangle table
+D: netfilter: various other hacks
+S: Berlin
+S: Germany
+
+N: Bill Wendling
+E: wendling@ganymede.isdn.uiuc.edu
+W: http://www.ncsa.uiuc.edu/~wendling/
+D: Various random hacks. Mostly on poll/select logic.
+S: 605 E. Springfield Ave.
+S: Champaign, IL 61820
+S: USA
+
+N: Mike Westall
+D: IBM Turboways 25 ATM Device Driver
+E: westall@cs.clemson.edu
+S: Department of Computer Science
+S: Clemson University
+S: Clemson SC 29634 USA
+
+N: Greg Wettstein
+E: greg@wind.rmcc.com
+D: Filesystem valid flag for MINIX filesystem.
+D: Minor kernel debugging.
+D: Development and maintenance of sysklogd.
+D: Monitoring of development kernels for long-term stability.
+D: Early implementations of Linux in a commercial environment.
+S: Dr. Greg Wettstein, Ph.D.
+S: Oncology Research Division Computing Facility
+S: Roger Maris Cancer Center
+S: 820 4th St. N.
+S: Fargo, North Dakota 58122
+S: USA
+
+N: Steven Whitehouse
+E: steve@chygwyn.com
+W: http://www.chygwyn.com/~steve
+D: Linux DECnet project
+D: Minor debugging of other networking protocols.
+D: Misc bug fixes and GFS2 filesystem development
+
+N: Hans-Joachim Widmaier
+E: hjw@zvw.de
+D: AFFS rewrite
+S: Eichenweg 16
+S: 73650 Winterbach
+S: Germany
+
+N: Urban Widmark
+E: urban@svenskatest.se
+D: via-rhine, misc net driver hacking
+
+N: Marco van Wieringen
+E: mvw@planets.elm.net
+D: Author of process accounting and diskquota
+S: Breeburgsingel 12
+S: 2135 CN Hoofddorp
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Matthew Wilcox
+E: matthew@wil.cx
+W: ftp://ftp.uk.linux.org/pub/linux/people/willy/
+D: Linux/PARISC hacker.  Filesystem hacker.  Random other hacking.  Custom
+D: PPC port hacking.
+
+N: G\"unter Windau
+E: gunter@mbfys.kun.nl
+D: Some bug fixes in the polling printer driver (lp.c)
+S: University of Nijmegen
+S: Geert-Grooteplein Noord 21
+S: 6525 EZ Nijmegen
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Ulrich Windl
+E: Ulrich.Windl@rz.uni-regensburg.de
+P: 1024/E843660D CF D7 43 A1 5A 49 14 25  7C 04 A0 6E 4C 3A AC 6D
+D: Supports NTP on Linux.  Added PPS code.  Fixed bugs in adjtimex().
+S: Alte Regensburger Str. 11a
+S: 93149 Nittenau
+S: Germany
+
+N: Gertjan van Wingerde
+E: gwingerde@gmail.com
+D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
+D: Minix V2 file-system
+D: Misc fixes
+S: Geessinkweg 177
+S: 7544 TX Enschede
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Lars Wirzenius
+E: liw@iki.fi
+D: Linux System Administrator's Guide, author, former maintainer
+D: comp.os.linux.announce, former moderator
+D: Linux Documentation Project, co-founder
+D: Original sprintf in kernel
+D: Original kernel README (for version 0.97)
+D: Linux News (electronic magazine, now dead), founder and former editor
+D: Meta-FAQ, originator, former maintainer
+D: INFO-SHEET, former maintainer
+D: Author of the longest-living linux bug
+
+N: Jonathan Woithe
+E: jwoithe@just42.net
+W: http:/www.just42.net/jwoithe
+D: ALS-007 sound card extensions to Sound Blaster driver
+S: 20 Jordan St
+S: Valley View, SA 5093
+S: Australia
+
+N: Clifford Wolf
+E: god@clifford.at
+W: http://www.clifford.at/
+D: Menuconfig/lxdialog improvement
+S: Foehrengasse 16
+S: A-2333 Leopoldsdorf b. Wien
+S: Austria
+
+N: Roger E. Wolff
+E: R.E.Wolff@BitWizard.nl
+D: Written kmalloc/kfree
+D: Written Specialix IO8+ driver
+D: Written Specialix SX driver
+S: van Bronckhorststraat 12
+S: 2612 XV Delft
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Thomas Woller
+D: CS461x Cirrus Logic sound driver
+
+N: David Woodhouse
+E: dwmw2@infradead.org
+D: JFFS2 file system, Memory Technology Device subsystem,
+D: various other stuff that annoyed me by not working.
+S: c/o Intel Corporation
+S: Pipers Way
+S: Swindon. SN3 1RJ
+S: England
+
+N: Chris Wright
+E: chrisw@sous-sol.org
+D: hacking on LSM framework and security modules.
+S: Portland, OR
+S: USA
+
+N: Michal Wronski
+E: michal.wronski@gmail.com
+D: POSIX message queues fs (with K. Benedyczak)
+S: Krakow
+S: Poland
+
+N: Frank Xia
+E: qx@math.columbia.edu
+D: Xiafs filesystem [defunct]
+S: 542 West 112th Street, 5N
+S: New York, New York 10025
+S: USA
+
+N: Li Yang
+E: leoli@freescale.com
+D: Freescale Highspeed USB device driver
+D: Freescale QE SoC support and Ethernet driver
+S: B-1206 Jingmao Guojigongyu
+S: 16 Baliqiao Nanjie, Beijing 101100
+S: People's Repulic of China
+
+N: Victor Yodaiken
+E: yodaiken@fsmlabs.com
+D: RTLinux (RealTime Linux)
+S: POB 1822 
+S: Socorro NM, 87801
+S: USA
+
+N: Hiroshi YOKOTA
+E: yokota@netlab.is.tsukuba.ac.jp
+D: Workbit NinjaSCSI-3/32Bi PCMCIA driver
+D: Workbit NinjaSCSI-32Bi/UDE driver
+S: Japan
+
+N: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI
+E: hideaki@yoshifuji.org
+E: yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org
+W: http://www.yoshifuji.org/~hideaki/
+P: 1024D/E0620EEA 9022 65EB 1ECF 3AD1 0BDF  80D8 4807 F894 E062 0EEA
+D: IPv6 and other networking related stuff
+D: USAGI/WIDE Project, Keio University
+S: Jeunet Palace Kawasaki #1-201, 10-2, Furukawa-cho, Saiwai-ku
+S: Kawasaki, Kanagawa 212-0025
+S: Japan
+
+N: Eric Youngdale
+E: eric@andante.org
+W: http://www.andante.org
+D: General kernel hacker
+D: SCSI iso9660 and ELF
+S: 6389 Hawk View Lane
+S: Alexandria, Virginia 22312
+S: USA
+
+N: Niibe Yutaka
+E: gniibe@mri.co.jp
+D: PLIP driver
+D: Asynchronous socket I/O in the NET code
+S: Mitsubishi Research Institute, Inc.
+S: ARCO Tower 1-8-1 Shimomeguro Meguro-ku
+S: Tokyo 153
+S: Japan
+
+N: James R. Van Zandt
+E: jrv@vanzandt.mv.com
+P: 1024/E298966D F0 37 4F FD E5 7E C5 E6  F1 A0 1E 22 6F 46 DA 0C
+D: Author and maintainer of the Double Talk speech synthesizer driver
+S: 27 Spencer Drive
+S: Nashua, New Hampshire 03062
+S: USA
+
+N: Orest Zborowski
+E: orestz@eskimo.com
+D: XFree86 and kernel development
+S: 1507 145th Place SE #B5
+S: Bellevue, Washington 98007
+S: USA
+
+N: Richard Zidlicky
+E: rz@linux-m68k.org, rdzidlic@geocities.com
+W: http://www.geocities.com/rdzidlic
+D: Q40 port - see arch/m68k/q40/README
+D: various m68k hacks
+S: Germany
+
+N: Werner Zimmermann
+E: Werner.Zimmermann@fht-esslingen.de
+D: CDROM driver "aztcd" (Aztech/Okano/Orchid/Wearnes)
+S: Flandernstrasse 101
+S: D-73732 Esslingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Roman Zippel
+E: zippel@linux-m68k.org
+D: AFFS and HFS filesystems, m68k maintainer, new kernel configuration in 2.5
+
+N: Leonard N. Zubkoff
+W: http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/
+D: BusLogic SCSI driver
+D: Mylex DAC960 PCI RAID driver
+D: Miscellaneous kernel fixes
+
+N: Alessandro Zummo
+E: a.zummo@towertech.it
+D: CMI8330 support is sb_card.c
+D: ISAPnP fixes in sb_card.c
+D: ZyXEL omni.net lcd plus driver
+D: RTC subsystem
+S: Italy
+
+N: Marc Zyngier
+E: maz@wild-wind.fr.eu.org
+W: http://www.misterjones.org
+D: MD driver
+D: EISA/sysfs subsystem
+S: France
+
+
+# Don't add your name here, unless you really _are_ after Marc
+# alphabetically. Leonard used to be very proud of being the 
+# last entry, and he'll get positively pissed if he can't even
+# be second-to-last.  (and this file really _is_ supposed to be
+# in alphabetic order)
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45b3df9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1,479 @@
+
+This is a brief list of all the files in ./linux/Documentation and what
+they contain. If you add a documentation file, please list it here in
+alphabetical order as well, or risk being hunted down like a rabid dog.
+Please keep the descriptions small enough to fit on one line.
+							 Thanks -- Paul G.
+
+Following translations are available on the WWW:
+
+   - Japanese, maintained by the JF Project (jf@listserv.linux.or.jp), at
+     http://linuxjf.sourceforge.jp/
+
+00-INDEX
+	- this file.
+ABI/
+	- info on kernel <-> userspace ABI and relative interface stability.
+
+BUG-HUNTING
+	- brute force method of doing binary search of patches to find bug.
+Changes
+	- list of changes that break older software packages.
+CodingStyle
+	- how the maintainers expect the C code in the kernel to look.
+DMA-API.txt
+	- DMA API, pci_ API & extensions for non-consistent memory machines.
+DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
+	- Dynamic DMA mapping Guide
+DMA-ISA-LPC.txt
+	- How to do DMA with ISA (and LPC) devices.
+DMA-attributes.txt
+	- listing of the various possible attributes a DMA region can have
+DocBook/
+	- directory with DocBook templates etc. for kernel documentation.
+EDID/
+	- directory with info on customizing EDID for broken gfx/displays.
+HOWTO
+	- the process and procedures of how to do Linux kernel development.
+IPMI.txt
+	- info on Linux Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Driver.
+IRQ-affinity.txt
+	- how to select which CPU(s) handle which interrupt events on SMP.
+IRQ-domain.txt
+	- info on inerrupt numbering and setting up IRQ domains.
+IRQ.txt
+	- description of what an IRQ is.
+Intel-IOMMU.txt
+	- basic info on the Intel IOMMU virtualization support.
+Makefile
+	- some files in Documentation dir are actually sample code to build
+ManagementStyle
+	- how to (attempt to) manage kernel hackers.
+RCU/
+	- directory with info on RCU (read-copy update).
+SAK.txt
+	- info on Secure Attention Keys.
+SM501.txt
+	- Silicon Motion SM501 multimedia companion chip
+SecurityBugs
+	- procedure for reporting security bugs found in the kernel.
+SubmitChecklist
+	- Linux kernel patch submission checklist.
+SubmittingDrivers
+	- procedure to get a new driver source included into the kernel tree.
+SubmittingPatches
+	- procedure to get a source patch included into the kernel tree.
+VGA-softcursor.txt
+	- how to change your VGA cursor from a blinking underscore.
+accounting/
+	- documentation on accounting and taskstats.
+acpi/
+	- info on ACPI-specific hooks in the kernel.
+aoe/
+	- description of AoE (ATA over Ethernet) along with config examples.
+applying-patches.txt
+	- description of various trees and how to apply their patches.
+arm/
+	- directory with info about Linux on the ARM architecture.
+arm64/
+	- directory with info about Linux on the 64 bit ARM architecture.
+atomic_ops.txt
+	- semantics and behavior of atomic and bitmask operations.
+auxdisplay/
+	- misc. LCD driver documentation (cfag12864b, ks0108).
+backlight/
+	- directory with info on controlling backlights in flat panel displays
+bad_memory.txt
+	- how to use kernel parameters to exclude bad RAM regions.
+basic_profiling.txt
+	- basic instructions for those who wants to profile Linux kernel.
+binfmt_misc.txt
+	- info on the kernel support for extra binary formats.
+blackfin/
+	- directory with documentation for the Blackfin arch.
+block/
+	- info on the Block I/O (BIO) layer.
+blockdev/
+	- info on block devices & drivers
+braille-console.txt
+	- info on how to use serial devices for Braille support.
+bt8xxgpio.txt
+	- info on how to modify a bt8xx video card for GPIO usage.
+btmrvl.txt
+	- info on Marvell Bluetooth driver usage.
+bus-devices/
+	- directory with info on TI GPMC (General Purpose Memory Controller)
+bus-virt-phys-mapping.txt
+	- how to access I/O mapped memory from within device drivers.
+cachetlb.txt
+	- describes the cache/TLB flushing interfaces Linux uses.
+cdrom/
+	- directory with information on the CD-ROM drivers that Linux has.
+cgroups/
+	- cgroups features, including cpusets and memory controller.
+circular-buffers.txt
+	- how to make use of the existing circular buffer infrastructure
+clk.txt
+	- info on the common clock framework
+coccinelle.txt
+	- info on how to get and use the Coccinelle code checking tool.
+connector/
+	- docs on the netlink based userspace<->kernel space communication mod.
+console/
+	- documentation on Linux console drivers.
+cpu-freq/
+	- info on CPU frequency and voltage scaling.
+cpu-hotplug.txt
+	- document describing CPU hotplug support in the Linux kernel.
+cpu-load.txt
+	- document describing how CPU load statistics are collected.
+cpuidle/
+	- info on CPU_IDLE, CPU idle state management subsystem.
+cputopology.txt
+	- documentation on how CPU topology info is exported via sysfs.
+crc32.txt
+	- brief tutorial on CRC computation
+cris/
+	- directory with info about Linux on CRIS architecture.
+crypto/
+	- directory with info on the Crypto API.
+dcdbas.txt
+	- information on the Dell Systems Management Base Driver.
+debugging-modules.txt
+	- some notes on debugging modules after Linux 2.6.3.
+debugging-via-ohci1394.txt
+	- how to use firewire like a hardware debugger memory reader.
+dell_rbu.txt
+	- document demonstrating the use of the Dell Remote BIOS Update driver.
+development-process/
+	- how to work with the mainline kernel development process.
+device-mapper/
+	- directory with info on Device Mapper.
+devices.txt
+	- plain ASCII listing of all the nodes in /dev/ with major minor #'s.
+devicetree/
+	- directory with info on device tree files used by OF/PowerPC/ARM
+digsig.txt
+	-info on the Digital Signature Verification API
+dma-buf-sharing.txt
+	- the DMA Buffer Sharing API Guide
+dmaengine.txt
+	-the DMA Engine API Guide
+dontdiff
+	- file containing a list of files that should never be diff'ed.
+driver-model/
+	- directory with info about Linux driver model.
+dvb/
+	- info on Linux Digital Video Broadcast (DVB) subsystem.
+dynamic-debug-howto.txt
+	- how to use the dynamic debug (dyndbg) feature.
+early-userspace/
+	- info about initramfs, klibc, and userspace early during boot.
+edac.txt
+	- information on EDAC - Error Detection And Correction
+eisa.txt
+	- info on EISA bus support.
+email-clients.txt
+	- info on how to use e-mail to send un-mangled (git) patches.
+extcon/
+	- directory with porting guide for Android kernel switch driver.
+fault-injection/
+	- dir with docs about the fault injection capabilities infrastructure.
+fb/
+	- directory with info on the frame buffer graphics abstraction layer.
+filesystems/
+	- info on the vfs and the various filesystems that Linux supports.
+firmware_class/
+	- request_firmware() hotplug interface info.
+flexible-arrays.txt
+	- how to make use of flexible sized arrays in linux
+frv/
+	- Fujitsu FR-V Linux documentation.
+futex-requeue-pi.txt
+	- info on requeueing of tasks from a non-PI futex to a PI futex
+gcov.txt
+	- use of GCC's coverage testing tool "gcov" with the Linux kernel
+gpio.txt
+	- overview of GPIO (General Purpose Input/Output) access conventions.
+hid/
+	- directory with information on human interface devices
+highuid.txt
+	- notes on the change from 16 bit to 32 bit user/group IDs.
+hwspinlock.txt
+	- hardware spinlock provides hardware assistance for synchronization
+timers/
+	- info on the timer related topics
+hw_random.txt
+	- info on Linux support for random number generator in i8xx chipsets.
+hwmon/
+	- directory with docs on various hardware monitoring drivers.
+i2c/
+	- directory with info about the I2C bus/protocol (2 wire, kHz speed).
+i2o/
+	- directory with info about the Linux I2O subsystem.
+x86/i386/
+	- directory with info about Linux on Intel 32 bit architecture.
+ia64/
+	- directory with info about Linux on Intel 64 bit architecture.
+infiniband/
+	- directory with documents concerning Linux InfiniBand support.
+init.txt
+	- what to do when the kernel can't find the 1st process to run.
+initrd.txt
+	- how to use the RAM disk as an initial/temporary root filesystem.
+input/
+	- info on Linux input device support.
+intel_txt.txt
+	- info on intel Trusted Execution Technology (intel TXT).
+io-mapping.txt
+	- description of io_mapping functions in linux/io-mapping.h
+io_ordering.txt
+	- info on ordering I/O writes to memory-mapped addresses.
+ioctl/
+	- directory with documents describing various IOCTL calls.
+iostats.txt
+	- info on I/O statistics Linux kernel provides.
+irqflags-tracing.txt
+	- how to use the irq-flags tracing feature.
+isapnp.txt
+	- info on Linux ISA Plug & Play support.
+isdn/
+	- directory with info on the Linux ISDN support, and supported cards.
+java.txt
+	- info on the in-kernel binary support for Java(tm).
+ja_JP/
+	- directory with Japanese translations of various documents
+kbuild/
+	- directory with info about the kernel build process.
+kdump/
+	- directory with mini HowTo on getting the crash dump code to work.
+kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt
+	- mini HowTo on generation and location of kernel documentation files.
+kernel-docs.txt
+	- listing of various WWW + books that document kernel internals.
+kernel-parameters.txt
+	- summary listing of command line / boot prompt args for the kernel.
+kmemcheck.txt
+	- info on dynamic checker that detects uses of uninitialized memory.
+kmemleak.txt
+	- info on how to make use of the kernel memory leak detection system
+ko_KR/
+	- directory with Korean translations of various documents
+kobject.txt
+	- info of the kobject infrastructure of the Linux kernel.
+kprobes.txt
+	- documents the kernel probes debugging feature.
+kref.txt
+	- docs on adding reference counters (krefs) to kernel objects.
+laptops/
+	- directory with laptop related info and laptop driver documentation.
+ldm.txt
+	- a brief description of LDM (Windows Dynamic Disks).
+leds/
+	- directory with info about LED handling under Linux.
+local_ops.txt
+	- semantics and behavior of local atomic operations.
+lockdep-design.txt
+	- documentation on the runtime locking correctness validator.
+lockstat.txt
+	- info on collecting statistics on locks (and contention).
+lockup-watchdogs.txt
+	- info on soft and hard lockup detectors (aka nmi_watchdog).
+logo.gif
+	- full colour GIF image of Linux logo (penguin - Tux).
+logo.txt
+	- info on creator of above logo & site to get additional images from.
+m68k/
+	- directory with info about Linux on Motorola 68k architecture.
+magic-number.txt
+	- list of magic numbers used to mark/protect kernel data structures.
+md.txt
+	- info on boot arguments for the multiple devices driver.
+media-framework.txt
+	- info on media framework, its data structures, functions and usage.
+memory-barriers.txt
+	- info on Linux kernel memory barriers.
+memory-devices/
+	- directory with info on parts like the Texas Instruments EMIF driver
+memory-hotplug.txt
+	- Hotpluggable memory support, how to use and current status.
+memory.txt
+	- info on typical Linux memory problems.
+metag/
+	- directory with info about Linux on Meta architecture.
+mips/
+	- directory with info about Linux on MIPS architecture.
+misc-devices/
+	- directory with info about devices using the misc dev subsystem
+mmc/
+	- directory with info about the MMC subsystem
+mn10300/
+	- directory with info about the mn10300 architecture port
+mtd/
+	- directory with info about memory technology devices (flash)
+mono.txt
+	- how to execute Mono-based .NET binaries with the help of BINFMT_MISC.
+mutex-design.txt
+	- info on the generic mutex subsystem.
+namespaces/
+	- directory with various information about namespaces
+netlabel/
+	- directory with information on the NetLabel subsystem.
+networking/
+	- directory with info on various aspects of networking with Linux.
+nfc/
+	- directory relating info about Near Field Communications support.
+nommu-mmap.txt
+	- documentation about no-mmu memory mapping support.
+numastat.txt
+	- info on how to read Numa policy hit/miss statistics in sysfs.
+oops-tracing.txt
+	- how to decode those nasty internal kernel error dump messages.
+padata.txt
+	- An introduction to the "padata" parallel execution API
+parisc/
+	- directory with info on using Linux on PA-RISC architecture.
+parport.txt
+	- how to use the parallel-port driver.
+parport-lowlevel.txt
+	- description and usage of the low level parallel port functions.
+pcmcia/
+	- info on the Linux PCMCIA driver.
+percpu-rw-semaphore.txt
+	- RCU based read-write semaphore optimized for locking for reading
+pi-futex.txt
+	- documentation on lightweight priority inheritance futexes.
+pinctrl.txt
+	- info on pinctrl subsystem and the PINMUX/PINCONF and drivers
+pnp.txt
+	- Linux Plug and Play documentation.
+power/
+	- directory with info on Linux PCI power management.
+powerpc/
+	- directory with info on using Linux with the PowerPC.
+prctl/
+	- directory with info on the priveledge control subsystem
+preempt-locking.txt
+	- info on locking under a preemptive kernel.
+printk-formats.txt
+	- how to get printk format specifiers right
+pps/
+	- directory with information on the pulse-per-second support
+ptp/
+	- directory with info on support for IEEE 1588 PTP clocks in Linux.
+pwm.txt
+	- info on the pulse width modulation driver subsystem
+ramoops.txt
+	- documentation of the ramoops oops/panic logging module.
+rapidio/
+	- directory with info on RapidIO packet-based fabric interconnect
+rbtree.txt
+	- info on what red-black trees are and what they are for.
+remoteproc.txt
+	- info on how to handle remote processor (e.g. AMP) offloads/usage.
+rfkill.txt
+	- info on the radio frequency kill switch subsystem/support.
+robust-futex-ABI.txt
+	- documentation of the robust futex ABI.
+robust-futexes.txt
+	- a description of what robust futexes are.
+rpmsg.txt
+	- info on the Remote Processor Messaging (rpmsg) Framework
+rt-mutex-design.txt
+	- description of the RealTime mutex implementation design.
+rt-mutex.txt
+	- desc. of RT-mutex subsystem with PI (Priority Inheritance) support.
+rtc.txt
+	- notes on how to use the Real Time Clock (aka CMOS clock) driver.
+s390/
+	- directory with info on using Linux on the IBM S390.
+scheduler/
+	- directory with info on the scheduler.
+scsi/
+	- directory with info on Linux scsi support.
+security/
+	- directory that contains security-related info
+serial/
+	- directory with info on the low level serial API.
+serial-console.txt
+	- how to set up Linux with a serial line console as the default.
+sgi-ioc4.txt
+	- description of the SGI IOC4 PCI (multi function) device.
+sgi-visws.txt
+	- short blurb on the SGI Visual Workstations.
+sh/
+	- directory with info on porting Linux to a new architecture.
+smsc_ece1099.txt
+	-info on the smsc Keyboard Scan Expansion/GPIO Expansion device.
+sound/
+	- directory with info on sound card support.
+sparse.txt
+	- info on how to obtain and use the sparse tool for typechecking.
+spi/
+	- overview of Linux kernel Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) support.
+spinlocks.txt
+	- info on using spinlocks to provide exclusive access in kernel.
+stable_api_nonsense.txt
+	- info on why the kernel does not have a stable in-kernel api or abi.
+stable_kernel_rules.txt
+	- rules and procedures for the -stable kernel releases.
+static-keys.txt
+	- info on how static keys allow debug code in hotpaths via patching
+svga.txt
+	- short guide on selecting video modes at boot via VGA BIOS.
+sysfs-rules.txt
+	- How not to use sysfs.
+sysctl/
+	- directory with info on the /proc/sys/* files.
+sysrq.txt
+	- info on the magic SysRq key.
+target/
+	- directory with info on generating TCM v4 fabric .ko modules
+thermal/
+	- directory with information on managing thermal issues (CPU/temp)
+trace/
+	- directory with info on tracing technologies within linux
+unaligned-memory-access.txt
+	- info on how to avoid arch breaking unaligned memory access in code.
+unicode.txt
+	- info on the Unicode character/font mapping used in Linux.
+unshare.txt
+	- description of the Linux unshare system call.
+usb/
+	- directory with info regarding the Universal Serial Bus.
+vDSO/
+	- directory with info regarding virtual dynamic shared objects
+vfio.txt
+	- info on Virtual Function I/O used in guest/hypervisor instances.
+vgaarbiter.txt
+	- info on enable/disable the legacy decoding on different VGA devices
+video-output.txt
+	- sysfs class driver interface to enable/disable a video output device.
+video4linux/
+	- directory with info regarding video/TV/radio cards and linux.
+virtual/
+	- directory with information on the various linux virtualizations.
+vm/
+	- directory with info on the Linux vm code.
+vme_api.txt
+	- file relating info on the VME bus API in linux
+volatile-considered-harmful.txt
+	- Why the "volatile" type class should not be used
+w1/
+	- directory with documents regarding the 1-wire (w1) subsystem.
+watchdog/
+	- how to auto-reboot Linux if it has "fallen and can't get up". ;-)
+wimax/
+	- directory with info about Intel Wireless Wimax Connections
+workqueue.txt
+	- information on the Concurrency Managed Workqueue implementation
+x86/x86_64/
+	- directory with info on Linux support for AMD x86-64 (Hammer) machines.
+xtensa/
+	- directory with documents relating to arch/xtensa port/implementation
+xz.txt
+	- how to make use of the XZ data compression within linux kernel
+zh_CN/
+	- directory with Chinese translations of various documents
+zorro.txt
+	- info on writing drivers for Zorro bus devices found on Amigas.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/README b/Documentation/ABI/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1006982
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/README
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+This directory attempts to document the ABI between the Linux kernel and
+userspace, and the relative stability of these interfaces.  Due to the
+everchanging nature of Linux, and the differing maturity levels, these
+interfaces should be used by userspace programs in different ways.
+
+We have four different levels of ABI stability, as shown by the four
+different subdirectories in this location.  Interfaces may change levels
+of stability according to the rules described below.
+
+The different levels of stability are:
+
+  stable/
+	This directory documents the interfaces that the developer has
+	defined to be stable.  Userspace programs are free to use these
+	interfaces with no restrictions, and backward compatibility for
+	them will be guaranteed for at least 2 years.  Most interfaces
+	(like syscalls) are expected to never change and always be
+	available.
+
+  testing/
+	This directory documents interfaces that are felt to be stable,
+	as the main development of this interface has been completed.
+	The interface can be changed to add new features, but the
+	current interface will not break by doing this, unless grave
+	errors or security problems are found in them.  Userspace
+	programs can start to rely on these interfaces, but they must be
+	aware of changes that can occur before these interfaces move to
+	be marked stable.  Programs that use these interfaces are
+	strongly encouraged to add their name to the description of
+	these interfaces, so that the kernel developers can easily
+	notify them if any changes occur (see the description of the
+	layout of the files below for details on how to do this.)
+
+  obsolete/
+  	This directory documents interfaces that are still remaining in
+	the kernel, but are marked to be removed at some later point in
+	time.  The description of the interface will document the reason
+	why it is obsolete and when it can be expected to be removed.
+
+  removed/
+	This directory contains a list of the old interfaces that have
+	been removed from the kernel.
+
+Every file in these directories will contain the following information:
+
+What:		Short description of the interface
+Date:		Date created
+KernelVersion:	Kernel version this feature first showed up in.
+Contact:	Primary contact for this interface (may be a mailing list)
+Description:	Long description of the interface and how to use it.
+Users:		All users of this interface who wish to be notified when
+		it changes.  This is very important for interfaces in
+		the "testing" stage, so that kernel developers can work
+		with userspace developers to ensure that things do not
+		break in ways that are unacceptable.  It is also
+		important to get feedback for these interfaces to make
+		sure they are working in a proper way and do not need to
+		be changed further.
+
+
+How things move between levels:
+
+Interfaces in stable may move to obsolete, as long as the proper
+notification is given.
+
+Interfaces may be removed from obsolete and the kernel as long as the
+documented amount of time has gone by.
+
+Interfaces in the testing state can move to the stable state when the
+developers feel they are finished.  They cannot be removed from the
+kernel tree without going through the obsolete state first.
+
+It's up to the developer to place their interfaces in the category they
+wish for it to start out in.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-sys-vm-nr_pdflush_threads b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-sys-vm-nr_pdflush_threads
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0b0eeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-sys-vm-nr_pdflush_threads
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+What:		/proc/sys/vm/nr_pdflush_threads
+Date:		June 2012
+Contact:	Wanpeng Li <liwp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+Description: Since pdflush is replaced by per-BDI flusher, the interface of old pdflush
+             exported in /proc/sys/vm/ should be removed.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd096d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/level
+Date:		March 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.21
+Contact:	Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+		Each USB device directory will contain a file named
+		power/level.  This file holds a power-level setting for
+		the device, either "on" or "auto".
+
+		"on" means that the device is not allowed to autosuspend,
+		although normal suspends for system sleep will still
+		be honored.  "auto" means the device will autosuspend
+		and autoresume in the usual manner, according to the
+		capabilities of its driver.
+
+		During normal use, devices should be left in the "auto"
+		level.  The "on" level is meant for administrative uses.
+		If you want to suspend a device immediately but leave it
+		free to wake up in response to I/O requests, you should
+		write "0" to power/autosuspend.
+
+		Device not capable of proper suspend and resume should be
+		left in the "on" level.  Although the USB spec requires
+		devices to support suspend/resume, many of them do not.
+		In fact so many don't that by default, the USB core
+		initializes all non-hub devices in the "on" level.  Some
+		drivers may change this setting when they are bound.
+
+		This file is deprecated and will be removed after 2010.
+		Use the power/control file instead; it does exactly the
+		same thing.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff60ad9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support
+
+For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt.
+
+What:		/sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/state
+Date:		09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion	v2.6.22
+Contact:	linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: 	Current state of the transmitter.
+		This file is deprecated and scheduled to be removed in 2014,
+		because its not possible to express the 'soft and hard block'
+		state of the rfkill driver.
+Values: 	A numeric value.
+		0: RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED
+			transmitter is turned off by software
+		1: RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED
+			transmitter is (potentially) active
+		2: RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED
+			transmitter is forced off by something outside of
+			the driver's control.
+
+What:		/sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/claim
+Date:		09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion	v2.6.22
+Contact:	linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This file is deprecated because there no longer is a way to
+		claim just control over a single rfkill instance.
+		This file is scheduled to be removed in 2012.
+Values: 	0: Kernel handles events
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..833fd59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/startup_profile
+Date:		October 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
+                When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
+                profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the
+                profile that's active when the mouse is powered on next time.
+		When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
+		and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
+		Please use actual_profile, it does the same thing.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/firmware_version
+Date:		October 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
+		firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
+		further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
+		number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
+		left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21
+		This file is readonly.
+		Please read binary attribute info which contains firmware version.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
+		When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
+		The returned data is 77 bytes in size.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
+		and light effects.
+		When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
+		The returned data is 43 bytes in size.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a98e02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_cpi
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-4.
+		When read, this attribute returns the number of the active
+		cpi level.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_sensitivity_x
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10.
+		When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
+		sensitivity in x direction.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_sensitivity_y
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10.
+		When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
+		sensitivity in y direction.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/firmware_version
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
+		firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
+		further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
+		number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
+		left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21
+		This file is readonly.
+		Obsoleted by binary sysfs attribute "info".
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
+		When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
+		The returned data is 23 bytes in size.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
+		and light effects.
+		When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
+		The returned data is 16 bytes in size.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87ac87e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_cpi
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	It is possible to switch the cpi setting of the mouse with the
+		press of a button.
+		When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual cpi
+		setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
+		processed to receive the real dpi value.
+
+		VALUE DPI
+		1     400
+		2     800
+		4     1600
+
+		This file is readonly.
+		Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_profile
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile in
+		range 0-4.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Please use binary attribute "settings" which provides this information.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/firmware_version
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
+		firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
+		further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
+		number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
+		left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
+		This file is readonly.
+		Please use binary attribute "info" which provides this information.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
+		When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
+		The returned data is 19 bytes in size.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
+		and light effects.
+		When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
+		The returned data is 13 bytes in size.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/startup_profile
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
+                When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
+                that's active when the mouse is powered on.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Please use binary attribute "settings" which provides this information.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0020c49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What:		devfs
+Date:		July 2005 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.18
+Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+	devfs has been unmaintained for a number of years, has unfixable
+	races, contains a naming policy within the kernel that is
+	against the LSB, and can be replaced by using udev.
+	The files fs/devfs/*, include/linux/devfs_fs*.h were removed,
+	along with the assorted devfs function calls throughout the
+	kernel tree.
+
+Users:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2310b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What:		dv1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-DV I/O support" for FireWire)
+Date:		May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37
+Contact:	linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+	/dev/dv1394/* were character device files, one for each FireWire
+	controller and for NTSC and PAL respectively, from which DV data
+	could be received by read() or transmitted by write().  A few
+	ioctl()s allowed limited control.
+	This special-purpose interface has been superseded by libraw1394 +
+	libiec61883 which are functionally equivalent, support HDV, and
+	transparently work on top of the newer firewire kernel drivers.
+
+Users:
+	ffmpeg/libavformat (if configured for DV1394)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue b/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3243613
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What:		ip_queue
+Date:		finally removed in kernel v3.5.0
+Contact:	Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
+Description:
+	ip_queue has been replaced by nfnetlink_queue which provides
+	more advanced queueing mechanism to user-space. The ip_queue
+	module was already announced to become obsolete years ago.
+
+Users:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20c91ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What:		/sys/o2cb symlink
+Date:		May 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.0
+Contact:	ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:	This is a symlink: /sys/o2cb to /sys/fs/o2cb. The symlink is
+		removed when new versions of ocfs2-tools which know to look
+		in /sys/fs/o2cb are sufficiently prevalent. Don't code new
+		software to look here, it should try /sys/fs/o2cb instead.
+Users:		ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to
+		ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec333e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What:		raw1394 (a.k.a. "Raw IEEE1394 I/O support" for FireWire)
+Date:		May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37
+Contact:	linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+	/dev/raw1394 was a character device file that allowed low-level
+	access to FireWire buses.  Its major drawbacks were its inability
+	to implement sensible device security policies, and its low level
+	of abstraction that required userspace clients to duplicate much
+	of the kernel's ieee1394 core functionality.
+	Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of
+	firewire-core.
+
+Users:
+	libraw1394 (works with firewire-cdev too, transparent to library ABI
+	users)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c39c25a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What:		video1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-1394 Video support" for FireWire)
+Date:		May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37
+Contact:	linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+	/dev/video1394/* were character device files, one for each FireWire
+	controller, which were used for isochronous I/O.  It was added as an
+	alternative to raw1394's isochronous I/O functionality which had
+	performance issues in its first generation.  Any video1394 user had
+	to use raw1394 + libraw1394 too because video1394 did not provide
+	asynchronous I/O for device discovery and configuration.
+	Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of
+	firewire-core.
+
+Users:
+	libdc1394 (works with firewire-cdev too, transparent to library ABI
+	users)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16d0308
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+What:		/dev/fw[0-9]+
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+		The character device files /dev/fw* are the interface between
+		firewire-core and IEEE 1394 device drivers implemented in
+		userspace.  The ioctl(2)- and read(2)-based ABI is defined and
+		documented in <linux/firewire-cdev.h>.
+
+		This ABI offers most of the features which firewire-core also
+		exposes to kernelspace IEEE 1394 drivers.
+
+		Each /dev/fw* is associated with one IEEE 1394 node, which can
+		be remote or local nodes.  Operations on a /dev/fw* file have
+		different scope:
+		  - The 1394 node which is associated with the file:
+			  - Asynchronous request transmission
+			  - Get the Configuration ROM
+			  - Query node ID
+			  - Query maximum speed of the path between this node
+			    and local node
+		  - The 1394 bus (i.e. "card") to which the node is attached to:
+			  - Isochronous stream transmission and reception
+			  - Asynchronous stream transmission and reception
+			  - Asynchronous broadcast request transmission
+			  - PHY packet transmission and reception
+			  - Allocate, reallocate, deallocate isochronous
+			    resources (channels, bandwidth) at the bus's IRM
+			  - Query node IDs of local node, root node, IRM, bus
+			    manager
+			  - Query cycle time
+			  - Bus reset initiation, bus reset event reception
+		  - All 1394 buses:
+			  - Allocation of IEEE 1212 address ranges on the local
+			    link layers, reception of inbound requests to such
+			    an address range, asynchronous response transmission
+			    to inbound requests
+			  - Addition of descriptors or directories to the local
+			    nodes' Configuration ROM
+
+		Due to the different scope of operations and in order to let
+		userland implement different access permission models, some
+		operations are restricted to /dev/fw* files that are associated
+		with a local node:
+			  - Addition of descriptors or directories to the local
+			    nodes' Configuration ROM
+			  - PHY packet transmission and reception
+
+		A /dev/fw* file remains associated with one particular node
+		during its entire life time.  Bus topology changes, and hence
+		node ID changes, are tracked by firewire-core.  ABI users do not
+		need to be aware of topology.
+
+		The following file operations are supported:
+
+		open(2)
+		Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR.
+
+		ioctl(2)
+		Initiate various actions.  Some take immediate effect, others
+		are performed asynchronously while or after the ioctl returns.
+		See the inline documentation in <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for
+		descriptions of all ioctls.
+
+		poll(2), select(2), epoll_wait(2) etc.
+		Watch for events to become available to be read.
+
+		read(2)
+		Receive various events.  There are solicited events like
+		outbound asynchronous transaction completion or isochronous
+		buffer completion, and unsolicited events such as bus resets,
+		request reception, or PHY packet reception.  Always use a read
+		buffer which is large enough to receive the largest event that
+		could ever arrive.  See <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for descriptions
+		of all event types and for which ioctls affect reception of
+		events.
+
+		mmap(2)
+		Allocate a DMA buffer for isochronous reception or transmission
+		and map it into the process address space.  The arguments should
+		be used as follows:  addr = NULL, length = the desired buffer
+		size, i.e. number of packets times size of largest packet,
+		prot = at least PROT_READ for reception and at least PROT_WRITE
+		for transmission, flags = MAP_SHARED, fd = the handle to the
+		/dev/fw*, offset = 0.
+
+		Isochronous reception works in packet-per-buffer fashion except
+		for multichannel reception which works in buffer-fill mode.
+
+		munmap(2)
+		Unmap the isochronous I/O buffer from the process address space.
+
+		close(2)
+		Besides stopping and freeing I/O contexts that were associated
+		with the file descriptor, back out any changes to the local
+		nodes' Configuration ROM.  Deallocate isochronous channels and
+		bandwidth at the IRM that were marked for kernel-assisted
+		re- and deallocation.
+
+Users:		libraw1394
+		libdc1394
+		tools like jujuutils, fwhack, ...
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5eb1545
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What:		/sys/fs/o2cb/ (was /sys/o2cb)
+Date:		Dec 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.16
+Contact:	ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:	Ocfs2-tools looks at 'interface-revision' for versioning
+		information. Each logmask/ file controls a set of debug prints
+		and can be written into with the strings "allow", "deny", or
+		"off". Reading the file returns the current state.
+Users:		ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to
+		ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls b/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3ae3e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What:		The kernel syscall interface
+Description:
+	This interface matches much of the POSIX interface and is based
+	on it and other Unix based interfaces.  It will only be added to
+	over time, and not have things removed from it.
+
+	Note that this interface is different for every architecture
+	that Linux supports.  Please see the architecture-specific
+	documentation for details on the syscall numbers that are to be
+	mapped to each syscall.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..964c7a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What: 		/sys/firmware/acpi/pm_profile
+Date:		03-Nov-2011
+KernelVersion:	v3.2
+Contact:	linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description: 	The ACPI pm_profile sysfs interface exports the platform
+		power management (and performance) requirement expectations
+		as provided by BIOS. The integer value is directly passed as
+		retrieved from the FADT ACPI table.
+Values:         For possible values see ACPI specification:
+		5.2.9 Fixed ACPI Description Table (FADT)
+		Field: Preferred_PM_Profile
+
+		Currently these values are defined by spec:
+		0 Unspecified
+		1 Desktop
+		2 Mobile
+		3 Workstation
+		4 Enterprise Server
+		5 SOHO Server
+		6 Appliance PC
+		7 Performance Server
+		>7 Reserved
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41e5a0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+		IEEE 1394 node device attributes.
+		Read-only.  Mutable during the node device's lifetime.
+		See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions.
+
+		config_rom
+			Contents of the Configuration ROM register.
+			Binary attribute; an array of host-endian u32.
+
+		guid
+			The node's EUI-64 in the bus information block of
+			Configuration ROM.
+			Hexadecimal string representation of an u64.
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/units
+Date:		June 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.31
+Contact:	linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+		IEEE 1394 node device attribute.
+		Read-only.  Mutable during the node device's lifetime.
+		See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions.
+
+		units
+			Summary of all units present in an IEEE 1394 node.
+			Contains space-separated tuples of specifier_id and
+			version of each unit present in the node.  Specifier_id
+			and version are hexadecimal string representations of
+			u24 of the respective unit directory entries.
+			Specifier_id and version within each tuple are separated
+			by a colon.
+
+Users:		udev rules to set ownership and access permissions or ACLs of
+		/dev/fw[0-9]+ character device files
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/is_local
+Date:		July 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.6
+Contact:	linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+		IEEE 1394 node device attribute.
+		Read-only and immutable.
+Values:		1: The sysfs entry represents a local node (a controller card).
+		0: The sysfs entry represents a remote node.
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+[.][0-9]+/
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+		IEEE 1394 unit device attributes.
+		Read-only.  Immutable during the unit device's lifetime.
+		See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions.
+
+		modalias
+			Same as MODALIAS in the uevent at device creation.
+
+		rom_index
+			Offset of the unit directory within the parent device's
+			(node device's) Configuration ROM, in quadlets.
+			Decimal string representation.
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/firewire/devices/*/
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+		Attributes common to IEEE 1394 node devices and unit devices.
+		Read-only.  Mutable during the node device's lifetime.
+		Immutable during the unit device's lifetime.
+		See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions.
+
+		These attributes are only created if the root directory of an
+		IEEE 1394 node or the unit directory of an IEEE 1394 unit
+		actually contains according entries.
+
+		hardware_version
+			Hexadecimal string representation of an u24.
+
+		hardware_version_name
+			Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf.
+
+		model
+			Hexadecimal string representation of an u24.
+
+		model_name
+			Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf.
+
+		specifier_id
+			Hexadecimal string representation of an u24.
+			Mandatory in unit directories according to IEEE 1212.
+
+		vendor
+			Hexadecimal string representation of an u24.
+			Mandatory in the root directory according to IEEE 1212.
+
+		vendor_name
+			Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf.
+
+		version
+			Hexadecimal string representation of an u24.
+			Mandatory in unit directories according to IEEE 1212.
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/firewire/drivers/sbp2/fw*/host*/target*/*:*:*:*/ieee1394_id
+		formerly
+		/sys/bus/ieee1394/drivers/sbp2/fw*/host*/target*/*:*:*:*/ieee1394_id
+Date:		Feb 2004
+KernelVersion:	2.6.4
+Contact:	linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+		SCSI target port identifier and logical unit identifier of a
+		logical unit of an SBP-2 target.  The identifiers are specified
+		in SAM-2...SAM-4 annex A.  They are persistent and world-wide
+		unique properties the SBP-2 attached target.
+
+		Read-only attribute, immutable during the target's lifetime.
+		Format, as exposed by firewire-sbp2 since 2.6.22, May 2007:
+		Colon-separated hexadecimal string representations of
+			u64 EUI-64 : u24 directory_ID : u16 LUN
+		without 0x prefixes, without whitespace.  The former sbp2 driver
+		(removed in 2.6.37 after being superseded by firewire-sbp2) used
+		a somewhat shorter format which was not as close to SAM.
+
+Users:		udev rules to create /dev/disk/by-id/ symlinks
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d5951c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/*/devtype
+Date:		Feb 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.38
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+                The type of the device.  e.g., one of: 'vbd' (block),
+                'vif' (network), or 'vfb' (framebuffer).
+
+What:		/sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/*/nodename
+Date:		Feb 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.38
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+                XenStore node (under /local/domain/NNN/) for this
+                backend device.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/physical_device
+Date:		April 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.0
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+                The major:minor number (in hexidecimal) of the
+                physical device providing the storage for this backend
+                block device.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/mode
+Date:		April 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.0
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+                Whether the block device is read-only ('r') or
+                read-write ('w').
+
+What:		/sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/f_req
+Date:		April 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.0
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+                Number of flush requests from the frontend.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/oo_req
+Date:		April 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.0
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+                Number of requests delayed because the backend was too
+                busy processing previous requests.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/rd_req
+Date:		April 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.0
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+                Number of read requests from the frontend.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/rd_sect
+Date:		April 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.0
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+                Number of sectors read by the frontend.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/wr_req
+Date:		April 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.0
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+                Number of write requests from the frontend.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/wr_sect
+Date:		April 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.0
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+                Number of sectors written by the frontend.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70302f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/bl_power
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Control BACKLIGHT power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h
+		 - FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0)   : power on.
+		 - FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off
+Users:		HAL
+
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Control the brightness for this <backlight>. Values
+		are between 0 and max_brightness. This file will also
+		show the brightness level stored in the driver, which
+		may not be the actual brightness (see actual_brightness).
+Users:		HAL
+
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/actual_brightness
+Date:		March 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Show the actual brightness by querying the hardware.
+Users:		HAL
+
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Maximum brightness for <backlight>.
+Users:		HAL
+
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/type
+Date:		September 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.37
+Contact:	Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
+Description:
+		The type of interface controlled by <backlight>.
+		"firmware": The driver uses a standard firmware interface
+		"platform": The driver uses a platform-specific interface
+		"raw": The driver controls hardware registers directly
+
+		In the general case, when multiple backlight
+		interfaces are available for a single device, firmware
+		control should be preferred to platform control should
+		be preferred to raw control. Using a firmware
+		interface reduces the probability of confusion with
+		the hardware and the OS independently updating the
+		backlight state. Platform interfaces are mostly a
+		holdover from pre-standardisation of firmware
+		interfaces.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..097f522
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support
+
+For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt.
+
+For the deprecated /sys/class/rfkill/*/state and
+/sys/class/rfkill/*/claim knobs of this interface look in
+Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill.
+
+What: 		/sys/class/rfkill
+Date:		09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion:	v2.6.22
+Contact:	linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org,
+Description: 	The rfkill class subsystem folder.
+		Each registered rfkill driver is represented by an rfkillX
+		subfolder (X being an integer > 0).
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/name
+Date:		09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion	v2.6.22
+Contact:	linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: 	Name assigned by driver to this key (interface or driver name).
+Values: 	arbitrary string.
+
+
+What: 		/sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/type
+Date:		09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion	v2.6.22
+Contact:	linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: 	Driver type string ("wlan", "bluetooth", etc).
+Values: 	See include/linux/rfkill.h.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/persistent
+Date:		09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion	v2.6.22
+Contact:	linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: 	Whether the soft blocked state is initialised from non-volatile
+		storage at startup.
+Values: 	A numeric value.
+		0: false
+		1: true
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/hard
+Date:		12-March-2010
+KernelVersion	v2.6.34
+Contact:	linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: 	Current hardblock state. This file is read only.
+Values: 	A numeric value.
+		0: inactive
+			The transmitter is (potentially) active.
+		1: active
+			The transmitter is forced off by something outside of
+			the driver's control.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/soft
+Date:		12-March-2010
+KernelVersion	v2.6.34
+Contact:	linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Current softblock state. This file is read and write.
+Values: 	A numeric value.
+		0: inactive
+			The transmitter is (potentially) active.
+		1: active
+			The transmitter is turned off by software.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a60b45e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The device/ directory under a specific TPM instance exposes
+		the properties of that TPM chip
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/active
+Date:		April 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "active" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is accepting
+		commands. An inactive TPM chip still contains all the state of
+		an active chip (Storage Root Key, NVRAM, etc), and can be
+		visible to the OS, but will only accept a restricted set of
+		commands. See the TPM Main Specification part 2, Structures,
+		section 17 for more information on which commands are
+		available.
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/cancel
+Date:		June 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.13
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "cancel" property allows you to cancel the currently
+		pending TPM command. Writing any value to cancel will call the
+		TPM vendor specific cancel operation.
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/caps
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "caps" property contains TPM manufacturer and version info.
+
+		Example output:
+
+		Manufacturer: 0x53544d20
+		TCG version: 1.2
+		Firmware version: 8.16
+
+		Manufacturer is a hex dump of the 4 byte manufacturer info
+		space in a TPM. TCG version shows the TCG TPM spec level that
+		the chip supports. Firmware version is that of the chip and
+		is manufacturer specific.
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/durations
+Date:		March 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.1
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "durations" property shows the 3 vendor-specific values
+		used to wait for a short, medium and long TPM command. All
+		TPM commands are categorized as short, medium or long in
+		execution time, so that the driver doesn't have to wait
+		any longer than necessary before starting to poll for a
+		result.
+
+		Example output:
+
+		3015000 4508000 180995000 [original]
+
+		Here the short, medium and long durations are displayed in
+		usecs. "[original]" indicates that the values are displayed
+		unmodified from when they were queried from the chip.
+		Durations can be modified in the case where a buggy chip
+		reports them in msec instead of usec and they need to be
+		scaled to be displayed in usecs. In this case "[adjusted]"
+		will be displayed in place of "[original]".
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/enabled
+Date:		April 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "enabled" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is enabled,
+		meaning that it should be visible to the OS. This property
+		may be visible but produce a '0' after some operation that
+		disables the TPM.
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/owned
+Date:		April 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "owned" property produces a '1' if the TPM_TakeOwnership
+		ordinal has been executed successfully in the chip. A '0'
+		indicates that ownership hasn't been taken.
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/pcrs
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "pcrs" property will dump the current value of all Platform
+		Configuration Registers in the TPM. Note that since these
+		values may be constantly changing, the output is only valid
+		for a snapshot in time.
+
+		Example output:
+
+		PCR-00: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+		PCR-01: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+		PCR-02: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+		PCR-03: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+		PCR-04: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+		...
+
+		The number of PCRs and hex bytes needed to represent a PCR
+		value will vary depending on TPM chip version. For TPM 1.1 and
+		1.2 chips, PCRs represent SHA-1 hashes, which are 20 bytes
+		long. Use the "caps" property to determine TPM version.
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/pubek
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "pubek" property will return the TPM's public endorsement
+		key if possible. If the TPM has had ownership established and
+		is version 1.2, the pubek will not be available without the
+		owner's authorization. Since the TPM driver doesn't store any
+		secrets, it can't authorize its own request for the pubek,
+		making it unaccessible. The public endorsement key is gener-
+		ated at TPM menufacture time and exists for the life of the
+		chip.
+
+		Example output:
+
+		Algorithm: 00 00 00 01
+		Encscheme: 00 03
+		Sigscheme: 00 01
+		Parameters: 00 00 08 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00
+		Modulus length: 256
+		Modulus:
+		B4 76 41 82 C9 20 2C 10 18 40 BC 8B E5 44 4C 6C
+		3A B2 92 0C A4 9B 2A 83 EB 5C 12 85 04 48 A0 B6
+		1E E4 81 84 CE B2 F2 45 1C F0 85 99 61 02 4D EB
+		86 C4 F7 F3 29 60 52 93 6B B2 E5 AB 8B A9 09 E3
+		D7 0E 7D CA 41 BF 43 07 65 86 3C 8C 13 7A D0 8B
+		82 5E 96 0B F8 1F 5F 34 06 DA A2 52 C1 A9 D5 26
+		0F F4 04 4B D9 3F 2D F2 AC 2F 74 64 1F 8B CD 3E
+		1E 30 38 6C 70 63 69 AB E2 50 DF 49 05 2E E1 8D
+		6F 78 44 DA 57 43 69 EE 76 6C 38 8A E9 8E A3 F0
+		A7 1F 3C A8 D0 12 15 3E CA 0E BD FA 24 CD 33 C6
+		47 AE A4 18 83 8E 22 39 75 93 86 E6 FD 66 48 B6
+		10 AD 94 14 65 F9 6A 17 78 BD 16 53 84 30 BF 70
+		E0 DC 65 FD 3C C6 B0 1E BF B9 C1 B5 6C EF B1 3A
+		F8 28 05 83 62 26 11 DC B4 6B 5A 97 FF 32 26 B6
+		F7 02 71 CF 15 AE 16 DD D1 C1 8E A8 CF 9B 50 7B
+		C3 91 FF 44 1E CF 7C 39 FE 17 77 21 20 BD CE 9B
+
+		Possible values:
+
+		Algorithm:	TPM_ALG_RSA			(1)
+		Encscheme:	TPM_ES_RSAESPKCSv15		(2)
+				TPM_ES_RSAESOAEP_SHA1_MGF1	(3)
+		Sigscheme:	TPM_SS_NONE			(1)
+		Parameters, a byte string of 3 u32 values:
+			Key Length (bits):	00 00 08 00	(2048)
+			Num primes:		00 00 00 02	(2)
+			Exponent Size:		00 00 00 00	(0 means the
+								 default exp)
+		Modulus Length: 256 (bytes)
+		Modulus:	The 256 byte Endorsement Key modulus
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/temp_deactivated
+Date:		April 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "temp_deactivated" property returns a '1' if the chip has
+		been temporarily dectivated, usually until the next power
+		cycle. Whether a warm boot (reboot) will clear a TPM chip
+		from a temp_deactivated state is platform specific.
+
+What:		/sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/timeouts
+Date:		March 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.1
+Contact:	tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description:	The "timeouts" property shows the 4 vendor-specific values
+		for the TPM's interface spec timeouts. The use of these
+		timeouts is defined by the TPM interface spec that the chip
+		conforms to.
+
+		Example output:
+
+		750000 750000 750000 750000 [original]
+
+		The four timeout values are shown in usecs, with a trailing
+		"[original]" or "[adjusted]" depending on whether the values
+		were scaled by the driver to be reported in usec from msecs.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18d471d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		The ubi/ class sub-directory belongs to the UBI subsystem and
+		provides general UBI information, per-UBI device information
+		and per-UBI volume information.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/version
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		This file contains version of the latest supported UBI on-media
+		format. Currently it is 1, and there is no plan to change this.
+		However, if in the future UBI needs on-flash format changes
+		which cannot be done in a compatible manner, a new format
+		version will be added. So this is a mechanism for possible
+		future backward-compatible (but forward-incompatible)
+		improvements.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubiX/
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/ubi0, /sys/class/ubi1, etc directories describe
+		UBI devices (UBI device 0, 1, etc). They contain general UBI
+		device information and per UBI volume information (each UBI
+		device may have many UBI volumes)
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/avail_eraseblocks
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Amount of available logical eraseblock. For example, one may
+		create a new UBI volume which has this amount of logical
+		eraseblocks.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/bad_peb_count
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Count of bad physical eraseblocks on the underlying MTD device.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/bgt_enabled
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Contains ASCII "0\n" if the UBI background thread is disabled,
+		and ASCII "1\n" if it is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/dev
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+		to this UBI device (in <major>:<minor> format).
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/eraseblock_size
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Maximum logical eraseblock size this UBI device may provide. UBI
+		volumes may have smaller logical eraseblock size because of their
+		alignment.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/max_ec
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Maximum physical eraseblock erase counter value.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/max_vol_count
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Maximum number of volumes which this UBI device may have.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/min_io_size
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Minimum input/output unit size. All the I/O may only be done
+		in fractions of the contained number.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/mtd_num
+Date:		January 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Number of the underlying MTD device.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/reserved_for_bad
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Number of physical eraseblocks reserved for bad block handling.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/total_eraseblocks
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Total number of good (not marked as bad) physical eraseblocks on
+		the underlying MTD device.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/volumes_count
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Count of volumes on this UBI device.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_0/, /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_1/,
+		etc directories describe UBI volumes on UBI device X (volumes
+		0, 1, etc).
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/alignment
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Volume alignment - the value the logical eraseblock size of
+		this volume has to be aligned on. For example, 2048 means that
+		logical eraseblock size is multiple of 2048. In other words,
+		volume logical eraseblock size is UBI device logical eraseblock
+		size aligned to the alignment value.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/corrupted
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Contains ASCII "0\n" if the UBI volume is OK, and ASCII "1\n"
+		if it is corrupted (e.g., due to an interrupted volume update).
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/data_bytes
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		The amount of data this volume contains. This value makes sense
+		only for static volumes, and for dynamic volume it equivalent
+		to the total volume size in bytes.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/dev
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+		to this UBI volume (in <major>:<minor> format).
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/name
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Volume name.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/reserved_ebs
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Count of physical eraseblock reserved for this volume.
+		Equivalent to the volume size in logical eraseblocks.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/type
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Volume type. Contains ASCII "dynamic\n" for dynamic volumes and
+		"static\n" for static volumes.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/upd_marker
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Contains ASCII "0\n" if the update marker is not set for this
+		volume, and "1\n" if it is set. The update marker is set when
+		volume update starts, and cleaned when it ends. So the presence
+		of the update marker indicates that the volume is being updated
+		at the moment of the update was interrupted. The later may be
+		checked using the "corrupted" sysfs file.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/usable_eb_size
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Logical eraseblock size of this volume. Equivalent to logical
+		eraseblock size of the device aligned on the volume alignment
+		value.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce259c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/possible
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		Nodes that could be possibly become online at some point.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/online
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		Nodes that are online.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/has_normal_memory
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		Nodes that have regular memory.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/has_cpu
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		Nodes that have one or more CPUs.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/has_high_memory
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		Nodes that have regular or high memory.
+		Depends on CONFIG_HIGHMEM.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, this is a directory containing
+		information on node X such as what CPUs are local to the
+		node. Each file is detailed next.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/cpumap
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		The node's cpumap.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/cpulist
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		The CPUs associated to the node.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/meminfo
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		Provides information about the node's distribution and memory
+		utilization. Similar to /proc/meminfo, see Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/numastat
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		The node's hit/miss statistics, in units of pages.
+		See Documentation/numastat.txt
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/distance
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		Distance between the node and all the other nodes
+		in the system.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/vmstat
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		The node's zoned virtual memory statistics.
+		This is a superset of numastat.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/compact
+Date:		February 2010
+Contact:	Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
+Description:
+		When this file is written to, all memory within that node
+		will be compacted. When it completes, memory will be freed
+		into blocks which have as many contiguous pages as possible
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/scan_unevictable_pages
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
+Description:
+		When set, it triggers scanning the node's unevictable lists
+		and move any pages that have become evictable onto the respective
+		zone's inactive list. See mm/vmscan.c
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/hugepages/hugepages-<size>/
+Date:		December 2009
+Contact:	Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
+Description:
+		The node's huge page size control/query attributes.
+		See Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..caa311d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/max_retry_count
+Date:		May 2011
+KernelVersion:	2.6.39
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		The maximum number of times the balloon driver will
+		attempt to increase the balloon before giving up.  See
+		also 'retry_count' below.
+		A value of zero means retry forever and is the default one.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/max_schedule_delay
+Date:		May 2011
+KernelVersion:	2.6.39
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		The limit that 'schedule_delay' (see below) will be
+		increased to. The default value is 32 seconds.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/retry_count
+Date:		May 2011
+KernelVersion:	2.6.39
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		The current number of times that the balloon driver
+		has attempted to increase the size of the balloon.
+		The default value is one. With max_retry_count being
+		zero (unlimited), this means that the driver will attempt
+		to retry with a 'schedule_delay' delay.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/schedule_delay
+Date:		May 2011
+KernelVersion:	2.6.39
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		The time (in seconds) to wait between attempts to
+		increase the balloon.  Each time the balloon cannot be
+		increased, 'schedule_delay' is increased (until
+		'max_schedule_delay' is reached at which point it
+		will use the max value).
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/target
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		The target number of pages to adjust this domain's
+		memory reservation to.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/target_kb
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		As target above, except the value is in KiB.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/current_kb
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Current size (in KiB) of this domain's memory
+		reservation.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/high_kb
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Amount (in KiB) of high memory in the balloon.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/low_kb
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Amount (in KiB) of low (or normal) memory in the
+		balloon.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..481aae9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+What:		/sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/add_target
+Date:		January 2, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.15
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Interface for making ib_srp connect to a new target.
+		One can request ib_srp to connect to a new target by writing
+		a comma-separated list of login parameters to this sysfs
+		attribute. The supported parameters are:
+		* id_ext, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the eight
+		  byte identifier extension in the 16-byte SRP target port
+		  identifier. The target port identifier is sent by ib_srp
+		  to the target in the SRP_LOGIN_REQ request.
+		* ioc_guid, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the eight
+		  byte I/O controller GUID portion of the 16-byte target port
+		  identifier.
+		* dgid, a 32-digit hexadecimal number specifying the
+		  destination GID.
+		* pkey, a four-digit hexadecimal number specifying the
+		  InfiniBand partition key.
+		* service_id, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the
+		  InfiniBand service ID used to establish communication with
+		  the SRP target. How to find out the value of the service ID
+		  is specified in the documentation of the SRP target.
+		* max_sect, a decimal number specifying the maximum number of
+		  512-byte sectors to be transferred via a single SCSI command.
+		* max_cmd_per_lun, a decimal number specifying the maximum
+		  number of outstanding commands for a single LUN.
+		* io_class, a hexadecimal number specifying the SRP I/O class.
+		  Must be either 0xff00 (rev 10) or 0x0100 (rev 16a). The I/O
+		  class defines the format of the SRP initiator and target
+		  port identifiers.
+		* initiator_ext, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the
+		  identifier extension portion of the SRP initiator port
+		  identifier. This data is sent by the initiator to the target
+		  in the SRP_LOGIN_REQ request.
+		* cmd_sg_entries, a number in the range 1..255 that specifies
+		  the maximum number of data buffer descriptors stored in the
+		  SRP_CMD information unit itself. With allow_ext_sg=0 the
+		  parameter cmd_sg_entries defines the maximum S/G list length
+		  for a single SRP_CMD, and commands whose S/G list length
+		  exceeds this limit after S/G list collapsing will fail.
+		* allow_ext_sg, whether ib_srp is allowed to include a partial
+		  memory descriptor list in an SRP_CMD instead of the entire
+		  list. If a partial memory descriptor list has been included
+		  in an SRP_CMD the remaining memory descriptors are
+		  communicated from initiator to target via an additional RDMA
+		  transfer. Setting allow_ext_sg to 1 increases the maximum
+		  amount of data that can be transferred between initiator and
+		  target via a single SCSI command. Since not all SRP target
+		  implementations support partial memory descriptor lists the
+		  default value for this option is 0.
+		* sg_tablesize, a number in the range 1..2048 specifying the
+		  maximum S/G list length the SCSI layer is allowed to pass to
+		  ib_srp. Specifying a value that exceeds cmd_sg_entries is
+		  only safe with partial memory descriptor list support enabled
+		  (allow_ext_sg=1).
+
+What:		/sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/ibdev
+Date:		January 2, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.15
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	HCA name (<hca>).
+
+What:		/sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/port
+Date:		January 2, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.15
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	HCA port number (<port_number>).
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/allow_ext_sg
+Date:		May 19, 2011
+KernelVersion:	2.6.39
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Whether ib_srp is allowed to include a partial memory
+		descriptor list in an SRP_CMD when communicating with an SRP
+		target.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/cmd_sg_entries
+Date:		May 19, 2011
+KernelVersion:	2.6.39
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Maximum number of data buffer descriptors that may be sent to
+		the target in a single SRP_CMD request.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/dgid
+Date:		June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	InfiniBand destination GID used for communication with the SRP
+		target. Differs from orig_dgid if port redirection has happened.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/id_ext
+Date:		June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Eight-byte identifier extension portion of the 16-byte target
+		port identifier.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/ioc_guid
+Date:		June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Eight-byte I/O controller GUID portion of the 16-byte target
+		port identifier.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/local_ib_device
+Date:		November 29, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.19
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Name of the InfiniBand HCA used for communicating with the
+		SRP target.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/local_ib_port
+Date:		November 29, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.19
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Number of the HCA port used for communicating with the
+		SRP target.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/orig_dgid
+Date:		June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	InfiniBand destination GID specified in the parameters
+		written to the add_target sysfs attribute.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/pkey
+Date:		June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	A 16-bit number representing the InfiniBand partition key used
+		for communication with the SRP target.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/req_lim
+Date:		October 20, 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.36
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Number of requests ib_srp can send to the target before it has
+		to wait for more credits. For more information see also the
+		SRP credit algorithm in the SRP specification.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/service_id
+Date:		June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	InfiniBand service ID used for establishing communication with
+		the SRP	target.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/zero_req_lim
+Date:		September 20, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.18
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Number of times the initiator had to wait before sending a
+		request to the target because it ran out of credits. For more
+		information see also the SRP credit algorithm in the SRP
+		specification.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a59d84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/drivers/qla2xxx/.../devices/*
+Date:		September 2009
+Contact:	QLogic Linux Driver <linux-driver@qlogic.com>
+Description:	qla2xxx-udev.sh currently looks for uevent CHANGE events to
+		signal a firmware-dump has been generated by the driver and is
+		ready for retrieval.
+Users:		qla2xxx-udev.sh.  Proposed changes should be mailed to
+		linux-driver@qlogic.com
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e960cd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/interface_capabilities
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/device_capabilities
+Date:		August 2008
+Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+		These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described
+		by the device itself.  The full description of the bitfields
+		can be found in the USB TMC documents from the USB-IF entitled
+		"Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification
+		(USBTMC) Revision 1.0" section 4.2.1.8.
+
+		The files are read only.
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/usb488_interface_capabilities
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/usb488_device_capabilities
+Date:		August 2008
+Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+		These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described
+		by the device itself.  The full description of the bitfields
+		can be found in the USB TMC documents from the USB-IF entitled
+		"Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class, Subclass
+		USB488 Specification (USBTMC-USB488) Revision 1.0" section
+		4.2.2.
+
+		The files are read only.
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermChar
+Date:		August 2008
+Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+		This file is the TermChar value to be sent to the USB TMC
+		device as described by the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test
+		and Measurement Class Specification
+		(USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF.
+
+		Note that the TermCharEnabled file determines if this value is
+		sent to the device or not.
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermCharEnabled
+Date:		August 2008
+Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+		This file determines if the TermChar is to be sent to the
+		device on every transaction or not.  For more details about
+		this, please see the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test and
+		Measurement Class Specification (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as
+		published by the USB-IF.
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/auto_abort
+Date:		August 2008
+Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+		This file determines if the transaction of the USB TMC
+		device is to be automatically aborted if there is any error.
+		For more details about this, please see the document,
+		"Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification
+		(USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04 b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26579ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/w1/devices/.../pio
+Date:		May 2012
+Contact:	Markus Franke <franm@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
+Description:	read/write the contents of the two PIO's of the DS28E04-100
+		see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04 for detailed information
+Users:		any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28E04-100
+
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/w1/devices/.../eeprom
+Date:		May 2012
+Contact:	Markus Franke <franm@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
+Description:	read/write the contents of the EEPROM memory of the DS28E04-100
+		see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04 for detailed information
+Users:		any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28E04-100
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5def20b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+What:		/sys/firmware/efi/vars
+Date:		April 2004
+Contact:	Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
+Description:
+		This directory exposes interfaces for interactive with
+		EFI variables.  For more information on EFI variables,
+		see 'Variable Services' in the UEFI specification
+		(section 7.2 in specification version 2.3 Errata D).
+
+		In summary, EFI variables are named, and are classified
+		into separate namespaces through the use of a vendor
+		GUID.  They also have an arbitrary binary value
+		associated with them.
+
+		The efivars module enumerates these variables and
+		creates a separate directory for each one found.  Each
+		directory has a name of the form "<key>-<vendor guid>"
+		and contains the following files:
+
+		attributes:	A read-only text file enumerating the
+				EFI variable flags.  Potential values
+				include:
+
+				EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE
+				EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS
+				EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS
+				EFI_VARIABLE_HARDWARE_ERROR_RECORD
+				EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS
+
+				See the EFI documentation for an
+				explanation of each of these variables.
+
+		data:		A read-only binary file that can be read
+				to attain the value of the EFI variable
+
+		guid:		The vendor GUID of the variable.  This
+				should always match the GUID in the
+				variable's name.
+
+		raw_var:	A binary file that can be read to obtain
+				a structure that contains everything
+				there is to know about the variable.
+				For structure definition see "struct
+				efi_variable" in the kernel sources.
+
+				This file can also be written to in
+				order to update the value of a variable.
+				For this to work however, all fields of
+				the "struct efi_variable" passed must
+				match byte for byte with the structure
+				read out of the file, save for the value
+				portion.
+
+				**Note** the efi_variable structure
+				read/written with this file contains a
+				'long' type that may change widths
+				depending on your underlying
+				architecture.
+
+		size:		As ASCII representation of the size of
+				the variable's value.
+
+
+		In addition, two other magic binary files are provided
+		in the top-level directory and are used for adding and
+		removing variables:
+
+		new_var:	Takes a "struct efi_variable" and
+				instructs the EFI firmware to create a
+				new variable.
+
+		del_var:	Takes a "struct efi_variable" and
+				instructs the EFI firmware to remove any
+				variable that has a matching vendor GUID
+				and variable key name.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0dd21c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+What:		/sys/module
+Description:
+	The /sys/module tree consists of the following structure:
+
+	/sys/module/MODULENAME
+		The name of the module that is in the kernel.  This
+		module name will show up either if the module is built
+		directly into the kernel, or if it is loaded as a
+		dynamic module.
+
+	/sys/module/MODULENAME/parameters
+		This directory contains individual files that are each
+		individual parameters of the module that are able to be
+		changed at runtime.  See the individual module
+		documentation as to the contents of these parameters and
+		what they accomplish.
+
+		Note: The individual parameter names and values are not
+		considered stable, only the fact that they will be
+		placed in this location within sysfs.  See the
+		individual driver documentation for details as to the
+		stability of the different parameters.
+
+	/sys/module/MODULENAME/refcnt
+		If the module is able to be unloaded from the kernel, this file
+		will contain the current reference count of the module.
+
+		Note: If the module is built into the kernel, or if the
+		CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD kernel configuration value is not enabled,
+		this file will not be present.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b36fb0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What:		/sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/delete
+Date:		June 1, 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.7
+Contact:	linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Instructs an SRP initiator to disconnect from a target and to
+		remove all LUNs imported from that target.
+
+What:		/sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/port_id
+Date:		June 27, 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.24
+Contact:	linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	16-byte local SRP port identifier in hexadecimal format. An
+		example: 4c:49:4e:55:58:20:56:49:4f:00:00:00:00:00:00:00.
+
+What:		/sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/roles
+Date:		June 27, 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.24
+Contact:	linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Role of the remote port. Either "SRP Initiator" or "SRP Target".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification b/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9723e8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+What:		A notification mechanism for thermal related events
+Description:
+	This interface enables notification for thermal related events.
+	The notification is in the form of a netlink event.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cdfc28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+On some architectures, when the kernel loads any userspace program it
+maps an ELF DSO into that program's address space.  This DSO is called
+the vDSO and it often contains useful and highly-optimized alternatives
+to real syscalls.
+
+These functions are called just like ordinary C function according to
+your platform's ABI.  Call them from a sensible context.  (For example,
+if you set CS on x86 to something strange, the vDSO functions are
+within their rights to crash.)  In addition, if you pass a bad
+pointer to a vDSO function, you might get SIGSEGV instead of -EFAULT.
+
+To find the DSO, parse the auxiliary vector passed to the program's
+entry point.  The AT_SYSINFO_EHDR entry will point to the vDSO.
+
+The vDSO uses symbol versioning; whenever you request a symbol from the
+vDSO, specify the version you are expecting.
+
+Programs that dynamically link to glibc will use the vDSO automatically.
+Otherwise, you can use the reference parser in Documentation/vDSO/parse_vdso.c.
+
+Unless otherwise noted, the set of symbols with any given version and the
+ABI of those symbols is considered stable.  It may vary across architectures,
+though.
+
+(As of this writing, this ABI documentation as been confirmed for x86_64.
+ The maintainers of the other vDSO-using architectures should confirm
+ that it is correct for their architecture.)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8759881
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+What:		/config/pcie-gadget
+Date:		Feb 2011
+KernelVersion:	2.6.37
+Contact:	Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com>
+Description:
+
+	Interface is used to configure selected dual mode PCIe controller
+	as device and then program its various registers to configure it
+	as a particular device type.
+	This interfaces can be used to show spear's PCIe device capability.
+
+	Nodes are only visible when configfs is mounted. To mount configfs
+	in /config directory use:
+	# mount -t configfs none /config/
+
+	For nth PCIe Device Controller
+	/config/pcie-gadget.n/
+		link ... used to enable ltssm and read its status.
+		int_type ...used to configure and read type of supported
+			interrupt
+		no_of_msi ... used to configure number of MSI vector needed and
+			to read no of MSI granted.
+		inta ... write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert.
+		send_msi ... write MSI vector to be sent.
+		vendor_id ... used to write and read vendor id (hex)
+		device_id ... used to write and read device id (hex)
+		bar0_size ... used to write and read bar0_size
+		bar0_address ... used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex.
+		bar0_rw_offset ... used to write and read offset of bar0 where
+			bar0_data will be written or read.
+		bar0_data ... used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6546115
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What:		/sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/{gpe,use_global_lock,io}
+Date:		July 2010
+Contact:	Thomas Renninger <trenn@suse.de>
+Description:
+
+General information like which GPE is assigned to the EC and whether
+the global lock should get used.
+Knowing the EC GPE one can watch the amount of HW events related to
+the EC here (XY -> GPE number from /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe):
+/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/gpeXY
+
+The io file is binary and a userspace tool located here:
+ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/trenn/sources/ec/
+should get used to read out the 256 Embedded Controller registers
+or writing to them.
+
+CAUTION: Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know
+what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea.
+This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may
+not get switched on again after you did a wrong write.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7079c0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What:		/sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/cfg
+Date:		Sep 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.2
+Contact:	Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com>
+Description:
+
+cfg shows the return value of _CFG method in VPC2004 device. It tells machine
+capability and what graphic component within the machine.
+
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/status
+Date:		Sep 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.2
+Contact:	Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com>
+Description:
+
+status shows infos we can read and tells its meaning and value.
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd76cc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What:		/sys/kernel/debug/olpc-ec/cmd
+Date:		Dec 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.4
+Contact:	devel@lists.laptop.org
+Description:
+
+A generic interface for executing OLPC Embedded Controller commands and
+reading their responses.
+
+To execute a command, write data with the format: CC:N A A A A
+CC is the (hex) command, N is the count of expected reply bytes, and A A A A
+are optional (hex) arguments.
+
+To read the response (if any), read from the generic node after executing
+a command. Hex reply bytes will be returned, *whether or not* they came from
+the immediately previous command.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..685d5a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+What:		/sys/kernel/debug/nx-crypto/*
+Date:		March 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.4
+Contact:	Kent Yoder <key@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+Description:
+
+  These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in
+arch/powerpc/crypto/nx.
+
+Error Detection
+===============
+
+errors:
+- A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The
+only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP.
+
+last_error:
+- The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not
+recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away).
+
+last_error_pid:
+- The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the
+hcall.
+
+Device Use
+==========
+
+aes_bytes:
+- The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's
+supported modes.
+
+aes_ops:
+- The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware.
+
+sha256_bytes:
+- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256.
+
+sha256_ops:
+- The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware.
+
+sha512_bytes:
+- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512.
+
+sha512_ops:
+- The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf11736
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]
+Date:           Oct. 2006
+KernelVersion:  2.6.20
+Contact:        Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
+Description:
+
+debugfs interface
+-----------------
+
+The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates
+these files in debugfs:
+
+/sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/
+    info            (0444) Lots of driver statistics and infos.
+
+Example:
+-------
+
+cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb820be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+What:		/dev/kmsg
+Date:		Mai 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
+Description:	The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access
+		to the kernel's printk buffer.
+
+		Injecting messages:
+		Every write() to the opened device node places a log entry in
+		the kernel's printk buffer.
+
+		The logged line can be prefixed with a <N> syslog prefix, which
+		carries the syslog priority and facility. The single decimal
+		prefix number is composed of the 3 lowest bits being the syslog
+		priority and the higher bits the syslog facility number.
+
+		If no prefix is given, the priority number is the default kernel
+		log priority and the facility number is set to LOG_USER (1). It
+		is not possible to inject messages from userspace with the
+		facility number LOG_KERN (0), to make sure that the origin of
+		the messages can always be reliably determined.
+
+		Accessing the buffer:
+		Every read() from the opened device node receives one record
+		of the kernel's printk buffer.
+
+		The first read() directly following an open() always returns
+		first message in the buffer; there is no kernel-internal
+		persistent state; many readers can concurrently open the device
+		and read from it, without affecting other readers.
+
+		Every read() will receive the next available record. If no more
+		records are available read() will block, or if O_NONBLOCK is
+		used -EAGAIN returned.
+
+		Messages in the record ring buffer get overwritten as whole,
+		there are never partial messages received by read().
+
+		In case messages get overwritten in the circular buffer while
+		the device is kept open, the next read() will return -EPIPE,
+		and the seek position be updated to the next available record.
+		Subsequent reads() will return available records again.
+
+		Unlike the classic syslog() interface, the 64 bit record
+		sequence numbers allow to calculate the amount of lost
+		messages, in case the buffer gets overwritten. And they allow
+		to reconnect to the buffer and reconstruct the read position
+		if needed, without limiting the interface to a single reader.
+
+		The device supports seek with the following parameters:
+		SEEK_SET, 0
+		  seek to the first entry in the buffer
+		SEEK_END, 0
+		  seek after the last entry in the buffer
+		SEEK_DATA, 0
+		  seek after the last record available at the time
+		  the last SYSLOG_ACTION_CLEAR was issued.
+
+		The output format consists of a prefix carrying the syslog
+		prefix including priority and facility, the 64 bit message
+		sequence number and the monotonic timestamp in microseconds,
+		and a flag field. All fields are separated by a ','.
+
+		Future extensions might add more comma separated values before
+		the terminating ';'. Unknown fields and values should be
+		gracefully ignored.
+
+		The human readable text string starts directly after the ';'
+		and is terminated by a '\n'. Untrusted values derived from
+		hardware or other facilities are printed, therefore
+		all non-printable characters and '\' itself in the log message
+		are escaped by "\x00" C-style hex encoding.
+
+		A line starting with ' ', is a continuation line, adding
+		key/value pairs to the log message, which provide the machine
+		readable context of the message, for reliable processing in
+		userspace.
+
+		Example:
+		7,160,424069,-;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io  0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored)
+		 SUBSYSTEM=acpi
+		 DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00
+		6,339,5140900,-;NET: Registered protocol family 10
+		30,340,5690716,-;udevd[80]: starting version 181
+
+		The DEVICE= key uniquely identifies devices the following way:
+		  b12:8        - block dev_t
+		  c127:3       - char dev_t
+		  n8           - netdev ifindex
+		  +sound:card0 - subsystem:devname
+
+		The flags field carries '-' by default. A 'c' indicates a
+		fragment of a line. All following fragments are flagged with
+		'+'. Note, that these hints about continuation lines are not
+		necessarily correct, and the stream could be interleaved with
+		unrelated messages, but merging the lines in the output
+		usually produces better human readable results. A similar
+		logic is used internally when messages are printed to the
+		console, /proc/kmsg or the syslog() syscall.
+
+Users:		dmesg(1), userspace kernel log consumers
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8374d45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What:		security/evm
+Date:		March 2011
+Contact:	Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+		EVM protects a file's security extended attributes(xattrs)
+		against integrity attacks. The initial method maintains an
+		HMAC-sha1 value across the extended attributes, storing the
+		value as the extended attribute 'security.evm'.
+
+		EVM depends on the Kernel Key Retention System to provide it
+		with a trusted/encrypted key for the HMAC-sha1 operation.
+		The key is loaded onto the root's keyring using keyctl.  Until
+		EVM receives notification that the key has been successfully
+		loaded onto the keyring (echo 1 > <securityfs>/evm), EVM
+		can not create or validate the 'security.evm' xattr, but
+		returns INTEGRITY_UNKNOWN.  Loading the key and signaling EVM
+		should be done as early as possible.  Normally this is done
+		in the initramfs, which has already been measured as part
+		of the trusted boot.  For more information on creating and
+		loading existing trusted/encrypted keys, refer to:
+		Documentation/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt.  (A sample dracut
+		patch, which loads the trusted/encrypted key and enables
+		EVM, is available from http://linux-ima.sourceforge.net/#EVM.)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1c5cc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+What:		security/ima/policy
+Date:		May 2008
+Contact:	Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+		The Trusted Computing Group(TCG) runtime Integrity
+		Measurement Architecture(IMA) maintains a list of hash
+		values of executables and other sensitive system files
+		loaded into the run-time of this system.  At runtime,
+		the policy can be constrained based on LSM specific data.
+		Policies are loaded into the securityfs file ima/policy
+		by opening the file, writing the rules one at a time and
+		then closing the file.  The new policy takes effect after
+		the file ima/policy is closed.
+
+		IMA appraisal, if configured, uses these file measurements
+		for local measurement appraisal.
+
+		rule format: action [condition ...]
+
+		action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise | audit
+		condition:= base | lsm  [option]
+			base:	[[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [uid=]
+				 [fowner]]
+			lsm:	[[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=]
+				 [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]]
+			option:	[[appraise_type=]]
+
+		base: 	func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK]
+			mask:= [MAY_READ] [MAY_WRITE] [MAY_APPEND] [MAY_EXEC]
+			fsmagic:= hex value
+			fsuuid:= file system UUID (e.g 8bcbe394-4f13-4144-be8e-5aa9ea2ce2f6)
+			uid:= decimal value
+			fowner:=decimal value
+		lsm:  	are LSM specific
+		option:	appraise_type:= [imasig]
+
+		default policy:
+			# PROC_SUPER_MAGIC
+			dont_measure fsmagic=0x9fa0
+			dont_appraise fsmagic=0x9fa0
+			# SYSFS_MAGIC
+			dont_measure fsmagic=0x62656572
+			dont_appraise fsmagic=0x62656572
+			# DEBUGFS_MAGIC
+			dont_measure fsmagic=0x64626720
+			dont_appraise fsmagic=0x64626720
+			# TMPFS_MAGIC
+			dont_measure fsmagic=0x01021994
+			dont_appraise fsmagic=0x01021994
+			# RAMFS_MAGIC
+			dont_measure fsmagic=0x858458f6
+			dont_appraise fsmagic=0x858458f6
+			# SECURITYFS_MAGIC
+			dont_measure fsmagic=0x73636673
+			dont_appraise fsmagic=0x73636673
+
+			measure func=BPRM_CHECK
+			measure func=FILE_MMAP mask=MAY_EXEC
+			measure func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ uid=0
+			measure func=MODULE_CHECK uid=0
+			appraise fowner=0
+
+		The default policy measures all executables in bprm_check,
+		all files mmapped executable in file_mmap, and all files
+		open for read by root in do_filp_open.  The default appraisal
+		policy appraises all files owned by root.
+
+		Examples of LSM specific definitions:
+
+		SELinux:
+			# SELINUX_MAGIC
+			dont_measure fsmagic=0xf97cff8c
+			dont_appraise fsmagic=0xf97cff8c
+
+			dont_measure obj_type=var_log_t
+			dont_appraise obj_type=var_log_t
+			dont_measure obj_type=auditd_log_t
+			dont_appraise obj_type=auditd_log_t
+			measure subj_user=system_u func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
+			measure subj_role=system_r func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
+
+		Smack:
+			measure subj_user=_ func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f91a973
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What:		/proc/diskstats
+Date:		February 2008
+Contact:	Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
+Description:
+		The /proc/diskstats file displays the I/O statistics
+		of block devices. Each line contains the following 14
+		fields:
+		 1 - major number
+		 2 - minor mumber
+		 3 - device name
+		 4 - reads completed successfully
+		 5 - reads merged
+		 6 - sectors read
+		 7 - time spent reading (ms)
+		 8 - writes completed
+		 9 - writes merged
+		10 - sectors written
+		11 - time spent writing (ms)
+		12 - I/Os currently in progress
+		13 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+		14 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+		For more details refer to Documentation/iostats.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fca9f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+Where:		/sys/fs/pstore/... (or /dev/pstore/...)
+Date:		March 2011
+Kernel Version: 2.6.39
+Contact:	tony.luck@intel.com
+Description:	Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage.
+
+		Platforms that provide a mechanism to preserve some data
+		across system reboots can register with this driver to
+		provide a generic interface to show records captured in
+		the dying moments.  In the case of a panic the last part
+		of the console log is captured, but other interesting
+		data can also be saved.
+
+		# mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore
+
+		$ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/
+		total 0
+		-r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1
+
+		Different users of this interface will result in different
+		filename prefixes.  Currently two are defined:
+
+		"dmesg"	- saved console log
+		"mce"	- architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error
+
+		Once the information in a file has been read, removing
+		the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage
+		device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use.
+
+		$ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1
+
+		The expectation is that all files in /sys/fs/pstore/
+		will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store
+		soon after boot to free up space ready for the next
+		catastrophe.
+
+		The 'kmsg_bytes' mount option changes the target amount of
+		data saved on each oops/panic. Pstore saves (possibly
+		multiple) files based on the record size of the underlying
+		persistent storage until at least this amount is reached.
+		Default is 10 Kbytes.
+
+		Pstore only supports one backend at a time. If multiple
+		backends are available, the preferred backend may be
+		set by passing the pstore.backend= argument to the kernel at
+		boot time.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a93215
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+What:		/sys/class/ata_...
+Date:		August 2008
+Contact:	Gwendal Grignou<gwendal@google.com>
+Description:
+
+Provide a place in sysfs for storing the ATA topology of the system.  This allows
+retrieving various information about ATA objects.
+
+Files under /sys/class/ata_port
+-------------------------------
+
+	For each port, a directory ataX is created where X is the ata_port_id of
+	the port. The device parent is the ata host device.
+
+idle_irq (read)
+
+	Number of IRQ received by the port while idle [some ata HBA only].
+
+nr_pmp_links (read)
+
+	If a SATA Port Multiplier (PM) is connected, number of link behind it.
+
+Files under /sys/class/ata_link
+-------------------------------
+
+	Behind each port, there is a ata_link. If there is a SATA PM in the
+	topology, 15 ata_link objects are created.
+
+	If a link is behind a port, the directory name is linkX, where X is
+	ata_port_id of the port.
+	If a link is behind a PM, its name is linkX.Y where X is ata_port_id
+	of the parent port and Y the PM port.
+
+hw_sata_spd_limit
+
+	Maximum speed supported by the connected SATA device.
+
+sata_spd_limit
+
+	Maximum speed imposed by libata.
+
+sata_spd
+
+	Current speed of the link [1.5, 3Gps,...].
+
+Files under /sys/class/ata_device
+---------------------------------
+
+	Behind each link, up to two ata device are created.
+	The name of the directory is devX[.Y].Z where:
+	- X is ata_port_id of the port where the device is connected,
+	- Y the port of the PM if any, and
+	- Z the device id: for PATA, there is usually 2 devices [0,1],
+	only 1 for SATA.
+
+class
+	Device class. Can be "ata" for disk, "atapi" for packet device,
+	"pmp" for PM, or "none" if no device was found behind the link.
+
+dma_mode
+
+	Transfer modes supported by the device when in DMA mode.
+	Mostly used by PATA device.
+
+pio_mode
+
+	Transfer modes supported by the device when in PIO mode.
+	Mostly used by PATA device.
+
+xfer_mode
+
+	Current transfer mode.
+
+id
+
+	Cached result of IDENTIFY command, as described in ATA8 7.16 and 7.17.
+	Only valid if the device is not a PM.
+
+gscr
+
+	Cached result of the dump of PM GSCR register.
+	Valid registers are:
+	0: 	SATA_PMP_GSCR_PROD_ID,
+	1: 	SATA_PMP_GSCR_REV,
+	2: 	SATA_PMP_GSCR_PORT_INFO,
+	32:	SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR,
+	33:	SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR_EN,
+	64:	SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT,
+	96:	SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT_EN,
+	130:	SATA_PMP_GSCR_SII_GPIO
+	Only valid if the device is a PM.
+
+spdn_cnt
+
+	Number of time libata decided to lower the speed of link due to errors.
+
+ering
+
+	Formatted output of the error ring of the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..279da08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/stat
+Date:		February 2008
+Contact:	Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/block/<disk>/stat files displays the I/O
+		statistics of disk <disk>. They contain 11 fields:
+		 1 - reads completed successfully
+		 2 - reads merged
+		 3 - sectors read
+		 4 - time spent reading (ms)
+		 5 - writes completed
+		 6 - writes merged
+		 7 - sectors written
+		 8 - time spent writing (ms)
+		 9 - I/Os currently in progress
+		10 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+		11 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+		For more details refer Documentation/iostats.txt
+
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat
+Date:		February 2008
+Contact:	Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat files display the
+		I/O statistics of partition <part>. The format is the
+		same as the above-written /sys/block/<disk>/stat
+		format.
+
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/integrity/format
+Date:		June 2008
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Metadata format for integrity capable block device.
+		E.g. T10-DIF-TYPE1-CRC.
+
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/integrity/read_verify
+Date:		June 2008
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Indicates whether the block layer should verify the
+		integrity of read requests serviced by devices that
+		support sending integrity metadata.
+
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/integrity/tag_size
+Date:		June 2008
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Number of bytes of integrity tag space available per
+		512 bytes of data.
+
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/integrity/write_generate
+Date:		June 2008
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Indicates whether the block layer should automatically
+		generate checksums for write requests bound for
+		devices that support receiving integrity metadata.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/alignment_offset
+Date:		April 2009
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Storage devices may report a physical block size that is
+		bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive
+		with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical
+		blocks to the operating system).  This parameter
+		indicates how many bytes the beginning of the device is
+		offset from the disk's natural alignment.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/alignment_offset
+Date:		April 2009
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Storage devices may report a physical block size that is
+		bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive
+		with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical
+		blocks to the operating system).  This parameter
+		indicates how many bytes the beginning of the partition
+		is offset from the disk's natural alignment.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/logical_block_size
+Date:		May 2009
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		This is the smallest unit the storage device can
+		address.  It is typically 512 bytes.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/physical_block_size
+Date:		May 2009
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		This is the smallest unit a physical storage device can
+		write atomically.  It is usually the same as the logical
+		block size but may be bigger.  One example is SATA
+		drives with 4KB sectors that expose a 512-byte logical
+		block size to the operating system.  For stacked block
+		devices the physical_block_size variable contains the
+		maximum physical_block_size of the component devices.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/minimum_io_size
+Date:		April 2009
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Storage devices may report a granularity or preferred
+		minimum I/O size which is the smallest request the
+		device can perform without incurring a performance
+		penalty.  For disk drives this is often the physical
+		block size.  For RAID arrays it is often the stripe
+		chunk size.  A properly aligned multiple of
+		minimum_io_size is the preferred request size for
+		workloads where a high number of I/O operations is
+		desired.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/optimal_io_size
+Date:		April 2009
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Storage devices may report an optimal I/O size, which is
+		the device's preferred unit for sustained I/O.  This is
+		rarely reported for disk drives.  For RAID arrays it is
+		usually the stripe width or the internal track size.  A
+		properly aligned multiple of optimal_io_size is the
+		preferred request size for workloads where sustained
+		throughput is desired.  If no optimal I/O size is
+		reported this file contains 0.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/nomerges
+Date:		January 2010
+Contact:
+Description:
+		Standard I/O elevator operations include attempts to
+		merge contiguous I/Os. For known random I/O loads these
+		attempts will always fail and result in extra cycles
+		being spent in the kernel. This allows one to turn off
+		this behavior on one of two ways: When set to 1, complex
+		merge checks are disabled, but the simple one-shot merges
+		with the previous I/O request are enabled. When set to 2,
+		all merge tries are disabled. The default value is 0 -
+		which enables all types of merge tries.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/discard_alignment
+Date:		May 2011
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Devices that support discard functionality may
+		internally allocate space in units that are bigger than
+		the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment
+		parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the
+		device is offset from the internal allocation unit's
+		natural alignment.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/discard_alignment
+Date:		May 2011
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Devices that support discard functionality may
+		internally allocate space in units that are bigger than
+		the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment
+		parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the
+		partition is offset from the internal allocation unit's
+		natural alignment.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_granularity
+Date:		May 2011
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Devices that support discard functionality may
+		internally allocate space using units that are bigger
+		than the logical block size. The discard_granularity
+		parameter indicates the size of the internal allocation
+		unit in bytes if reported by the device. Otherwise the
+		discard_granularity will be set to match the device's
+		physical block size. A discard_granularity of 0 means
+		that the device does not support discard functionality.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_max_bytes
+Date:		May 2011
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Devices that support discard functionality may have
+		internal limits on the number of bytes that can be
+		trimmed or unmapped in a single operation. Some storage
+		protocols also have inherent limits on the number of
+		blocks that can be described in a single command. The
+		discard_max_bytes parameter is set by the device driver
+		to the maximum number of bytes that can be discarded in
+		a single operation. Discard requests issued to the
+		device must not exceed this limit. A discard_max_bytes
+		value of 0 means that the device does not support
+		discard functionality.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_zeroes_data
+Date:		May 2011
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Devices that support discard functionality may return
+		stale or random data when a previously discarded block
+		is read back. This can cause problems if the filesystem
+		expects discarded blocks to be explicitly cleared. If a
+		device reports that it deterministically returns zeroes
+		when a discarded area is read the discard_zeroes_data
+		parameter will be set to one. Otherwise it will be 0 and
+		the result of reading a discarded area is undefined.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/write_same_max_bytes
+Date:		January 2012
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Some devices support a write same operation in which a
+		single data block can be written to a range of several
+		contiguous blocks on storage. This can be used to wipe
+		areas on disk or to initialize drives in a RAID
+		configuration. write_same_max_bytes indicates how many
+		bytes can be written in a single write same command. If
+		write_same_max_bytes is 0, write same is not supported
+		by the device.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e4bbc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/unregister
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		A write to this file causes the backing device or cache to be
+		unregistered. If a backing device had dirty data in the cache,
+		writeback mode is automatically disabled and all dirty data is
+		flushed before the device is unregistered. Caches unregister
+		all associated backing devices before unregistering themselves.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/clear_stats
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Writing to this file resets all the statistics for the device.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		For a backing device that has cache, a symlink to
+		the bcache/ dir of that cache.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_hits
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		For backing devices: integer number of full cache hits,
+		counted per bio. A partial cache hit counts as a miss.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_misses
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		For backing devices: integer number of cache misses.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_hit_ratio
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		For backing devices: cache hits as a percentage.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/sequential_cutoff
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		For backing devices: Threshold past which sequential IO will
+		skip the cache. Read and written as bytes in human readable
+		units (i.e. echo 10M > sequntial_cutoff).
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/bypassed
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Sum of all reads and writes that have bypassed the cache (due
+		to the sequential cutoff).  Expressed as bytes in human
+		readable units.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		For backing devices: When on, writeback caching is enabled and
+		writes will be buffered in the cache. When off, caching is in
+		writethrough mode; reads and writes will be added to the
+		cache but no write buffering will take place.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_running
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		For backing devices: when off, dirty data will not be written
+		from the cache to the backing device. The cache will still be
+		used to buffer writes until it is mostly full, at which point
+		writes transparently revert to writethrough mode. Intended only
+		for benchmarking/testing.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_delay
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		For backing devices: In writeback mode, when dirty data is
+		written to the cache and the cache held no dirty data for that
+		backing device, writeback from cache to backing device starts
+		after this delay, expressed as an integer number of seconds.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_percent
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		For backing devices: If nonzero, writeback from cache to
+		backing device only takes place when more than this percentage
+		of the cache is used, allowing more write coalescing to take
+		place and reducing total number of writes sent to the backing
+		device. Integer between 0 and 40.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/synchronous
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		For a cache, a boolean that allows synchronous mode to be
+		switched on and off. In synchronous mode all writes are ordered
+		such that the cache can reliably recover from unclean shutdown;
+		if disabled bcache will not generally wait for writes to
+		complete but if the cache is not shut down cleanly all data
+		will be discarded from the cache. Should not be turned off with
+		writeback caching enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/discard
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		For a cache, a boolean allowing discard/TRIM to be turned off
+		or back on if the device supports it.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/bucket_size
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		For a cache, bucket size in human readable units, as set at
+		cache creation time; should match the erase block size of the
+		SSD for optimal performance.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/nbuckets
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		For a cache, the number of usable buckets.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/tree_depth
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		For a cache, height of the btree excluding leaf nodes (i.e. a
+		one node tree will have a depth of 0).
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/btree_cache_size
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Number of btree buckets/nodes that are currently cached in
+		memory; cache dynamically grows and shrinks in response to
+		memory pressure from the rest of the system.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/written
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		For a cache, total amount of data in human readable units
+		written to the cache, excluding all metadata.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/bcache/btree_written
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		For a cache, sum of all btree writes in human readable units.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87ca569
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+What:		/sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/name
+Date:		January 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	dm-devel@redhat.com
+Description:	Device-mapper device name.
+		Read-only string containing mapped device name.
+Users:		util-linux, device-mapper udev rules
+
+What:		/sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/uuid
+Date:		January 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	dm-devel@redhat.com
+Description:	Device-mapper device UUID.
+		Read-only string containing DM-UUID or empty string
+		if DM-UUID is not set.
+Users:		util-linux, device-mapper udev rules
+
+What:		/sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/suspended
+Date:		June 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.31
+Contact:	dm-devel@redhat.com
+Description:	Device-mapper device suspend state.
+		Contains the value 1 while the device is suspended.
+		Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute.
+Users:		util-linux, device-mapper udev rules
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..beef30c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+What:           /sys/block/rssd*/status
+Date:           April 2012
+KernelVersion:  3.4
+Contact:        Asai Thambi S P <asamymuthupa@micron.com>
+Description:    This is a read-only file. Indicates the status of the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec93fe3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/disksize
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+		The disksize file is read-write and specifies the disk size
+		which represents the limit on the *uncompressed* worth of data
+		that can be stored in this disk.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/initstate
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+		The disksize file is read-only and shows the initialization
+		state of the device.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/reset
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+		The disksize file is write-only and allows resetting the
+		device. The reset operation frees all the memory assocaited
+		with this device.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/num_reads
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+		The num_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of
+		reads (failed or successful) done on this device.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/num_writes
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+		The num_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of
+		writes (failed or successful) done on this device.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/invalid_io
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+		The invalid_io file is read-only and specifies the number of
+		non-page-size-aligned I/O requests issued to this device.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/notify_free
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+		The notify_free file is read-only and specifies the number of
+		swap slot free notifications received by this device. These
+		notifications are send to a swap block device when a swap slot
+		is freed. This statistic is applicable only when this disk is
+		being used as a swap disk.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/discard
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+		The discard file is read-only and specifies the number of
+		discard requests received by this device. These requests
+		provide information to block device regarding blocks which are
+		no longer used by filesystem.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/zero_pages
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+		The zero_pages file is read-only and specifies number of zero
+		filled pages written to this disk. No memory is allocated for
+		such pages.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/orig_data_size
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+		The orig_data_size file is read-only and specifies uncompressed
+		size of data stored in this disk. This excludes zero-filled
+		pages (zero_pages) since no memory is allocated for them.
+		Unit: bytes
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/compr_data_size
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+		The compr_data_size file is read-only and specifies compressed
+		size of data stored in this disk. So, compression ratio can be
+		calculated using orig_data_size and this statistic.
+		Unit: bytes
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_total
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+		The mem_used_total file is read-only and specifies the amount
+		of memory, including allocator fragmentation and metadata
+		overhead, allocated for this disk. So, allocator space
+		efficiency can be calculated using compr_data_size and this
+		statistic.
+		Unit: bytes
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..721b4ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../manuf
+Date:		May 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.0
+Contact:	Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Each BCMA core has it's manufacturer id. See
+		include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../id
+Date:		May 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.0
+Contact:	Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		There are a few types of BCMA cores, they can be identified by
+		id field.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../rev
+Date:		May 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.0
+Contact:	Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		BCMA cores of the same type can still slightly differ depending
+		on their revision. Use it for detailed programming.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../class
+Date:		May 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.0
+Contact:	Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Each BCMA core is identified by few fields, including class it
+		belongs to. See include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2979c40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/css/devices/.../type
+Date:		March 2008
+Contact:	Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+		linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Contains the subchannel type, as reported by the hardware.
+		This attribute is present for all subchannel types.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/css/devices/.../modalias
+Date:		March 2008
+Contact:	Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+		linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Contains the module alias as reported with uevents.
+		It is of the format css:t<type> and present for all
+		subchannel types.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../chpids
+Date:		December 2002
+Contact:	Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+		linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Contains the ids of the channel paths used by this
+		subchannel, as reported by the channel subsystem
+		during subchannel recognition.
+		Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
+Users:		s390-tools, HAL
+
+What:		/sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../pimpampom
+Date:		December 2002
+Contact:	Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+		linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Contains the PIM/PAM/POM values, as reported by the
+		channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O
+		layer (this implies that this attribute is not necessarily
+		in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem).
+		Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
+Users:		s390-tools, HAL
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0adeb52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/cpu/events/
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-misses
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-references
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-misses
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-frontend
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-instructions
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-backend
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/instructions
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/cpu-cycles
+
+Date:		2013/01/08
+
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+
+Description:	Generic performance monitoring events
+
+		A collection of performance monitoring events that may be
+		supported by many/most CPUs. These events can be monitored
+		using the 'perf(1)' tool.
+
+		The contents of each file would look like:
+
+			event=0xNNNN
+
+		where 'N' is a hex digit and the number '0xNNNN' shows the
+		"raw code" for the perf event identified by the file's
+		"basename".
+
+
+What: 		/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_LD_MISS_L1
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_LD_REF_L1
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CYC
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_BRU_FIN
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_GCT_NOSLOT_CYC
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_BRU_MPRED
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_INST_CMPL
+		/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL
+
+Date:		2013/01/08
+
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+		Linux Powerpc mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+
+Description:	POWER-systems specific performance monitoring events
+
+		A collection of performance monitoring events that may be
+		supported by the POWER CPU. These events can be monitored
+		using the 'perf(1)' tool.
+
+		These events may not be supported by other CPUs.
+
+		The contents of each file would look like:
+
+			event=0xNNNN
+
+		where 'N' is a hex digit and the number '0xNNNN' shows the
+		"raw code" for the perf event identified by the file's
+		"basename".
+
+		Further, multiple terms like 'event=0xNNNN' can be specified
+		and separated with comma. All available terms are defined in
+		the /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/format file.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..079afc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+Where:		/sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/format
+Date:		January 2012
+Kernel Version: 3.3
+Contact:	Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
+Description:
+		Attribute group to describe the magic bits that go into
+		perf_event_attr::config[012] for a particular pmu.
+		Each attribute of this group defines the 'hardware' bitmask
+		we want to export, so that userspace can deal with sane
+		name/value pairs.
+
+		Example: 'config1:1,6-10,44'
+		Defines contents of attribute that occupies bits 1,6-10,44 of
+		perf_event_attr::config1.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21640ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/fcoe/
+Date:		August 2012
+KernelVersion:	TBD
+Contact:	Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
+Description:	The FCoE bus. Attributes in this directory are control interfaces.
+Attributes:
+
+	ctlr_create: 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an
+		     <ifname> to this file will allocate and populate sysfs with a
+		     fcoe_ctlr_device (ctlr_X). The user can then configure any
+		     per-port settings and finally write to the fcoe_ctlr_device's
+		     'start' attribute to begin the kernel's discovery and login
+		     process.
+
+	ctlr_destroy: 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a
+		       fcoe_ctlr_device's sysfs name to this file will log the
+		       fcoe_ctlr_device out of the fabric or otherwise connected
+		       FCoE devices. It will also free all kernel memory allocated
+		       for this fcoe_ctlr_device and any structures associated
+		       with it, this includes the scsi_host.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/fcoe/devices/ctlr_X
+Date:		March 2012
+KernelVersion:	TBD
+Contact:	Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
+Description:	'FCoE Controller' instances on the fcoe bus.
+		The FCoE Controller now has a three stage creation process.
+		1) Write interface name to ctlr_create 2) Configure the FCoE
+		Controller (ctlr_X) 3) Enable the FCoE Controller to begin
+		discovery and login. The FCoE Controller is destroyed by
+		writing it's name, i.e. ctlr_X to the ctlr_delete file.
+
+Attributes:
+
+	fcf_dev_loss_tmo: Device loss timeout peroid (see below). Changing
+			  this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all
+			  FCFs discovered by this controller.
+
+	mode:		  Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible
+			  modes are 'Fabric' and 'VN2VN'. If a FCoE Controller
+			  is started in 'Fabric' mode then FIP FCF discovery is
+			  initiated and ultimately a fabric login is attempted.
+			  If a FCoE Controller is started in 'VN2VN' mode then
+			  FIP VN2VN discovery and login is performed. A FCoE
+			  Controller only supports one mode at a time.
+
+	enabled:	  Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled.
+			  0 if disabled, 1 if enabled. Writing either 0 or 1
+			  to this file will enable or disable the FCoE controller.
+
+	lesb/link_fail:   Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count.
+
+	lesb/vlink_fail:  Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link
+			  failure count.
+
+	lesb/miss_fka:    Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE
+			  Initialization Protocol (FIP) Keep-Alives (FKA).
+
+	lesb/symb_err:    Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count.
+
+	lesb/err_block:   Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count.
+
+	lesb/fcs_error:   Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel
+			  Serivces error count.
+
+Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0)
+
+What:		/sys/bus/fcoe/devices/fcf_X
+Date:		March 2012
+KernelVersion:	TBD
+Contact:	Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
+Description:	'FCoE FCF' instances on the fcoe bus. A FCF is a Fibre Channel
+		Forwarder, which is a FCoE switch that can accept FCoE
+		(Ethernet) packets, unpack them, and forward the embedded
+		Fibre Channel frames into a FC fabric. It can also take
+		outbound FC frames and pack them in Ethernet packets to
+		be sent to their destination on the Ethernet segment.
+Attributes:
+
+	fabric_name: Identifies the fabric that the FCF services.
+
+	switch_name: Identifies the FCF.
+
+	priority:    The switch's priority amongst other FCFs on the same
+		     fabric.
+
+	selected:    1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use;
+		     0 indicates that the swich will not be used.
+
+	fc_map:      The Fibre Channel MAP
+
+	vfid:	     The Virtual Fabric ID
+
+	mac:         The FCF's MAC address
+
+	fka_peroid:  The FIP Keep-Alive peroid
+
+	fabric_state: The internal kernel state
+		      "Unknown" - Initialization value
+		      "Disconnected" - No link to the FCF/fabric
+		      "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF
+		      "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system
+
+	dev_loss_tmo: The device loss timeout peroid for this FCF.
+
+Notes: A device loss infrastructre similar to the FC Transport's
+       is present in fcoe_sysfs. It is nice to have so that a
+       link flapping adapter doesn't continually advance the count
+       used to identify the discovered FCF. FCFs will exist in a
+       "Disconnected" state until either the timer expires and the
+       FCF becomes "Deleted" or the FCF is rediscovered and becomes
+       "Connected."
+
+
+Users: The first user of this interface will be the fcoeadm application,
+       which is commonly packaged in the fcoe-utils package.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b1b282
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/hsi
+Date:		April 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.4
+Contact:	Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com>
+Description:
+		High Speed Synchronous Serial Interface (HSI) is a
+		serial interface mainly used for connecting application
+		engines (APE) with cellular modem engines (CMT) in cellular
+		handsets.
+		The bus will be populated with devices (hsi_clients) representing
+		the protocols available in the system. Bus drivers implement
+		those protocols.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/hsi/devices/.../modalias
+Date:		April 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.4
+Contact:	Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com>
+Description:	Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent
+		Format: hsi:<hsi_client device name>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9de269b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../device
+Date:		February 2011
+Contact:	Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		show what device is attached
+		NONE - no device
+		USB - USB device is attached
+		UART - UART is attached
+		CHARGER - Charger is attaced
+		JIG - JIG is attached
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../switch
+Date:		February 2011
+Contact:	Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		show or set the state of manual switch
+		VAUDIO - switch to VAUDIO path
+		UART - switch to UART path
+		AUDIO - switch to AUDIO path
+		DHOST - switch to DHOST path
+		AUTO - switch automatically by device
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..feb2e4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+Where:		/sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../heading0_input
+Date:		April 2010
+Kernel Version: 2.6.36?
+Contact:	alan.cox@intel.com
+Description:	Reports the current heading from the compass as a floating
+		point value in degrees.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../power_state
+Date:		April 2010
+Kernel Version: 2.6.36?
+Contact:	alan.cox@intel.com
+Description:	Sets the power state of the device. 0 sets the device into
+		sleep mode, 1 wakes it up.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../calibration
+Date:		April 2010
+Kernel Version: 2.6.36?
+Contact:	alan.cox@intel.com
+Description:	Sets the calibration on or off (1 = on, 0 = off). See the
+		chip data sheet.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b62230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_hvled[n]
+Date:		April 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Set the controlling backlight device for high-voltage current
+		sink HVLED[n] (n = 1, 2) (0, 1).
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_lvled[n]
+Date:		April 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Set the controlling led device for low-voltage current sink
+		LVLED[n] (n = 1..5) (0..3).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..290db2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
@@ -0,0 +1,805 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Hardware chip or device accessed by one communication port.
+		Corresponds to a grouping of sensor channels. X is the IIO
+		index of the device.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		An event driven driver of data capture to an in kernel buffer.
+		May be provided by a device driver that also has an IIO device
+		based on hardware generated events (e.g. data ready) or
+		provided by a separate driver for other hardware (e.g.
+		periodic timer, GPIO or high resolution timer).
+		Contains trigger type specific elements. These do not
+		generalize well and hence are not documented in this file.
+		X is the IIO index of the trigger.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Directory of attributes relating to the buffer for the device.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/name
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Description of the physical chip / device for device X.
+		Typically a part number.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Some devices have internal clocks.  This parameter sets the
+		resulting sampling frequency.  In many devices this
+		parameter has an effect on input filters etc. rather than
+		simply controlling when the input is sampled.  As this
+		effects data ready triggers, hardware buffers and the sysfs
+		direct access interfaces, it may be found in any of the
+		relevant directories.  If it effects all of the above
+		then it is to be found in the base device directory.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency_available
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency_available
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency_available
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		When the internal sampling clock can only take a small
+		discrete set of values, this file lists those available.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio
+KernelVersion:	2.6.38
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Hardware dependent ADC oversampling. Controls the sampling ratio
+		of the digital filter if available.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio_available
+KernelVersion:	2.6.38
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Hardware dependent values supported by the oversampling filter.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_raw
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) voltage measurement from
+		channel Y. In special cases where the channel does not
+		correspond to externally available input one of the named
+		versions may be used. The number must always be specified and
+		unique to allow association with event codes. Units after
+		application of scale and offset are microvolts.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_raw
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Raw (unscaled) differential voltage measurement equivalent to
+		channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the
+		physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are
+		separately available. In differential only parts, then all that
+		is required is a consistent labeling.  Units after application
+		of scale and offset are microvolts.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY_raw
+KernelVersion:	3.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Raw capacitance measurement from channel Y. Units after
+		application of scale and offset are nanofarads.
+
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY-in_capacitanceZ_raw
+KernelVersion:	3.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Raw differential capacitance measurement equivalent to
+		channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the
+		physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are
+		separately available. In differential only parts, then all that
+		is required is a consistent labeling.  Units after application
+		of scale and offset are nanofarads.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_x_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_y_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_z_raw
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) temperature measurement.
+		If an axis is specified it generally means that the temperature
+		sensor is associated with one part of a compound device (e.g.
+		a gyroscope axis). Units after application of scale and offset
+		are milli degrees Celsius.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_input
+KernelVersion:	2.6.38
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Scaled temperature measurement in milli degrees Celsius.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_raw
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Acceleration in direction x, y or z (may be arbitrarily assigned
+		but should match other such assignments on device).
+		Has all of the equivalent parameters as per voltageY. Units
+		after application of scale and offset are m/s^2.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_raw
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Angular velocity about axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily
+		assigned). Has all the equivalent parameters as	per voltageY.
+		Units after application of scale and offset are	radians per
+		second.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_x_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_y_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_z_raw
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Inclination raw reading about axis x, y or z (may be
+		arbitrarily assigned). Data converted by application of offset
+		and scale to degrees.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_raw
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Magnetic field along axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily
+		assigned).  Data converted by application of offset
+		then scale to Gauss.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_peak_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_peak_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_peak_raw
+KernelVersion:	2.6.36
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Highest value since some reset condition.  These
+		attributes allow access to this and are otherwise
+		the direct equivalent of the <type>Y[_name]_raw attributes.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_xyz_squared_peak_raw
+KernelVersion:	2.6.36
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		A computed peak value based on the sum squared magnitude of
+		the underlying value in the specified directions.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_raw
+KernelVersion:	3.8
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Raw pressure measurement from channel Y. Units after
+		application of scale and offset are kilopascal.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_offset
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_offset
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_offset
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_offset
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_offset
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_offset
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_offset
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_offset
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_offset
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_offset
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		If known for a device, offset to be added to <type>[Y]_raw prior
+		to scaling by <type>[Y]_scale in order to obtain value in the
+		<type> units as specified in <type>[Y]_raw documentation.
+		Not present if the offset is always 0 or unknown. If Y or
+		axis <x|y|z> is not present, then the offset applies to all
+		in channels of <type>.
+		May be writable if a variable offset can be applied on the
+		device. Note that this is different to calibbias which
+		is for devices (or drivers) that apply offsets to compensate
+		for variation between different instances of the part, typically
+		adjusted by using some hardware supported calibration procedure.
+		Calibbias is applied internally, offset is applied in userspace
+		to the _raw output.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_scale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_scale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_scale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_scale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_scale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_peak_scale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_scale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_scale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_scale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_scale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_scale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		If known for a device, scale to be applied to <type>Y[_name]_raw
+		post addition of <type>[Y][_name]_offset in order to obtain the
+		measured value in <type> units as specified in
+		<type>[Y][_name]_raw documentation.  If shared across all in
+		channels then Y and <x|y|z> are not present and the value is
+		called <type>[Y][_name]_scale. The peak modifier means this
+		value is applied to <type>Y[_name]_peak_raw values.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibbias
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibbias
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibbias
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibbias
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibbias
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibbias
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibbias
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibbias
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibbias
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibbias
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Hardware applied calibration offset (assumed to fix production
+		inaccuracies).
+
+What		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibscale
+What		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_calibscale
+What		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_calibscale
+What		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibscale
+What		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibscale
+What		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibscale
+What		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibscale
+What		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibscale
+What		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibscale
+what		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibscale
+what		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibscale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibscale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibscale
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Hardware applied calibration scale factor (assumed to fix
+		production inaccuracies).  If shared across all channels,
+		<type>_calibscale is used.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale_available
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltageX_scale_available
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale_available
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltageX_scale_available
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageX_scale_available
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitance_scale_available
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale_available
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale_available
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		If a discrete set of scale values is available, they
+		are listed in this attribute.
+
+What		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_hardwaregain
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Hardware applied gain factor. If shared across all channels,
+		<type>_hardwaregain is used.
+
+What:		/sys/.../in_accel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency
+What:		/sys/.../in_magn_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency
+What:		/sys/.../in_anglvel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency
+KernelVersion:	3.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		If a known or controllable low pass filter is applied
+		to the underlying data channel, then this parameter
+		gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_raw
+KernelVersion:	2.6.37
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for
+		channel Y.  The number must always be specified and
+		unique if the output corresponds to a single channel.
+		While DAC like devices typically use out_voltage,
+		a continuous frequency generating device, such as
+		a DDS or PLL should use out_altvoltage.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY&Z_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY&Z_raw
+KernelVersion:	2.6.37
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for an aggregate of
+		channel Y, channel Z, etc.  This interface is available in cases
+		where a single output sets the value for multiple channels
+		simultaneously.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown_mode
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown_mode
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode
+KernelVersion:	2.6.38
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Specifies the output powerdown mode.
+		DAC output stage is disconnected from the amplifier and
+		1kohm_to_gnd: connected	to ground via an 1kOhm resistor,
+		6kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 6kOhm resistor,
+		20kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 20kOhm resistor,
+		100kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 100kOhm resistor,
+		three_state: left floating.
+		For a list of available output power down options read
+		outX_powerdown_mode_available. If Y is not present the
+		mode is shared across all outputs.
+
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_votlageY_powerdown_mode_available
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode_available
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvotlageY_powerdown_mode_available
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode_available
+KernelVersion:	2.6.38
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Lists all available output power down modes.
+		If Y is not present the mode is shared across all outputs.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown
+KernelVersion:	2.6.38
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Writing 1 causes output Y to enter the power down mode specified
+		by the corresponding outY_powerdown_mode. DAC output stage is
+		disconnected from the amplifier. Clearing returns to normal
+		operation. Y may be suppressed if all outputs are controlled
+		together.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency
+KernelVersion:	3.4.0
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Output frequency for channel Y in Hz. The number must always be
+		specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single
+		channel.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_phase
+KernelVersion:	3.4.0
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Phase in radians of one frequency/clock output Y
+		(out_altvoltageY) relative to another frequency/clock output
+		(out_altvoltageZ) of the device X. The number must always be
+		specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single
+		channel.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Configuration of which hardware generated events are passed up
+		to user-space.
+
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_en
+KernelVersion:	2.6.37
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Event generated when channel passes a threshold in the specified
+		(_rising|_falling) direction. If the direction is not specified,
+		then either the device will report an event which ever direction
+		a single threshold value is passed in (e.g.
+		<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_value) or
+		<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_rising_value and
+		<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_falling_value may take
+		different values, but the device can only enable both thresholds
+		or neither.
+		Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are
+		to be enabled where p is how many it supports (which may vary
+		depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be
+		sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of
+		these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may
+		have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when
+		a given event type is enabled at a future point (and not those for
+		whatever event was previously enabled).
+
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_falling_en
+KernelVersion:	2.6.37
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the rate of
+		change (1st differential) in the specified (_rising|_falling)
+		direction. If the direction is not specified, then either the
+		device will report an event which ever direction a single
+		threshold value is passed in (e.g.
+		<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_value) or
+		<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_rising_value and
+		<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_falling_value may take
+		different values, but the device can only enable both rate of
+		change thresholds or neither.
+		Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are
+		to be enabled where p is however many it supports (which may
+		vary depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be
+		sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of
+		these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may
+		have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when
+		a given event type is enabled a future point (and not those for
+		whatever event was previously enabled).
+
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_value
+what:		/sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_value
+what:		/sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_value
+what:		/sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_value
+KernelVersion:	2.6.37
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing
+		against for the events enabled by
+		<type>Y[_name]_thresh[_rising|falling]_en.
+		If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but
+		direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single
+		threshold value applies to both directions.
+		The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the
+		value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw
+		and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes).
+
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_falling_value
+KernelVersion:	2.6.37
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Specifies the value of rate of change threshold that the
+		device is comparing against for the events enabled by
+		<type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling]_en.
+		If separate attributes exist for the two directions,
+		but direction is not specified for this attribute,
+		then a single threshold value applies to both directions.
+		The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the
+		value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw
+		and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes).
+
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_period
+hat:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_intensity0_thresh_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_period
+KernelVersion:	2.6.37
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Period of time (in seconds) for which the condition must be
+		met before an event is generated. If direction is not
+		specified then this period applies to both directions.
+
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_falling_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_rising_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_en
+KernelVersion:	2.6.37
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Similar to in_accel_x_thresh[_rising|_falling]_en, but here the
+		magnitude of the channel is compared to the threshold, not its
+		signed value.
+
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_raw_mag_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_mag_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_mag_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_mag_rising_value
+KernelVersion:	2.6.37
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		The value to which the magnitude of the channel is compared. If
+		number or direction is not specified, applies to all channels of
+		this type.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/trigger/current_trigger
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		The name of the trigger source being used, as per string given
+		in /sys/class/iio/triggerY/name.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/length
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Number of scans contained by the buffer.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/bytes_per_datum
+KernelVersion:	2.6.37
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Bytes per scan.  Due to alignment fun, the scan may be larger
+		than implied directly by the scan_element parameters.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/enable
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Actually start the buffer capture up.  Will start trigger
+		if first device and appropriate.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/scan_elements
+KernelVersion:	2.6.37
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Directory containing interfaces for elements that will be
+		captured for a single triggered sample set in the buffer.
+
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_accel_x_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_accel_y_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_accel_z_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_magn_x_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_magn_y_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_magn_z_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_timestamp_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY-voltageZ_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_incli_x_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_incli_y_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_pressureY_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_pressure_en
+KernelVersion:	2.6.37
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Scan element control for triggered data capture.
+
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_accel_type
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_anglvel_type
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_magn_type
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_incli_type
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY_type
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltage_type
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_type
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_timestamp_type
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_pressureY_type
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_pressure_type
+KernelVersion:	2.6.37
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Description of the scan element data storage within the buffer
+		and hence the form in which it is read from user-space.
+		Form is [be|le]:[s|u]bits/storagebits[>>shift].
+		be or le specifies big or little endian. s or u specifies if
+		signed (2's complement) or unsigned. bits is the number of bits
+		of data and storagebits is the space (after padding) that it
+		occupies in the buffer. shift if specified, is the shift that
+		needs to be applied prior to masking out unused bits. Some
+		devices put their data in the middle of the transferred elements
+		with additional information on both sides.  Note that some
+		devices will have additional information in the unused bits
+		so to get a clean value, the bits value must be used to mask
+		the buffer output value appropriately.  The storagebits value
+		also specifies the data alignment.  So s48/64>>2 will be a
+		signed 48 bit integer stored in a 64 bit location aligned to
+		a 64 bit boundary. To obtain the clean value, shift right 2
+		and apply a mask to zero the top 16 bits of the result.
+		For other storage combinations this attribute will be extended
+		appropriately.
+
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_accel_type_available
+KernelVersion:	2.6.37
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		If the type parameter can take one of a small set of values,
+		this attribute lists them.
+
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY_index
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_index
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_accel_x_index
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_accel_y_index
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_accel_z_index
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_index
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_index
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_index
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_magn_x_index
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_magn_y_index
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_magn_z_index
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_incli_x_index
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_incli_y_index
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_timestamp_index
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_pressureY_index
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_pressure_index
+KernelVersion:	2.6.37
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		A single positive integer specifying the position of this
+		scan element in the buffer. Note these are not dependent on
+		what is enabled and may not be contiguous. Thus for user-space
+		to establish the full layout these must be used in conjunction
+		with all _en attributes to establish which channels are present,
+		and the relevant _type attributes to establish the data storage
+		format.
+
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_quadrature_correction_raw
+KernelVersion:	2.6.38
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		This attribute is used to read the amount of quadrature error
+		present in the device at a given time.
+
+What:           /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_integration_time
+What:           /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_integration_time
+What:           /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_integration_time
+What:           /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_clear_integration_time
+What:           /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_integration_time
+KernelVersion:  3.12
+Contact:        linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                This attribute is used to get/set the integration time in
+                seconds.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99847a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name = "bmc150_accel-any-motion-devX"
+KernelVersion:	3.17
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		The BMC150 accelerometer kernel module provides an additional trigger,
+		which sets driver in a mode, where data is pushed to the buffer
+		only when there is any motion.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ce9c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_feedback_clk_present
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_reference_clk_present
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_a_present
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_b_present
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_test_present
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/vcxo_clk_present
+KernelVersion:	3.4.0
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Reading returns either '1' or '0'.
+		'1' means that the clock in question is present.
+		'0' means that the clock is missing.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pllY_locked
+KernelVersion:	3.4.0
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Reading returns either '1' or '0'. '1' means that the
+		pllY is locked.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/store_eeprom
+KernelVersion:	3.4.0
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Writing '1' stores the current device configuration into
+		on-chip EEPROM. After power-up or chip reset the device will
+		automatically load the saved configuration.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sync_dividers
+KernelVersion:	3.4.0
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Writing '1' triggers the clock distribution synchronization
+		functionality. All dividers are reset and the channels start
+		with their predefined phase offsets (out_altvoltageY_phase).
+		Writing this file has the effect as driving the external
+		/SYNC pin low.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d89aded
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_resolution
+KernelVersion:	3.4.0
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Stores channel Y frequency resolution/channel spacing in Hz.
+		The value given directly influences the MODULUS used by
+		the fractional-N PLL. It is assumed that the algorithm
+		that is used to compute the various dividers, is able to
+		generate proper values for multiples of channel spacing.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_refin_frequency
+KernelVersion:	3.4.0
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Sets channel Y REFin frequency in Hz. In some clock chained
+		applications, the reference frequency used by the PLL may
+		change during runtime. This attribute allows the user to
+		adjust the reference frequency accordingly.
+		The value written has no effect until out_altvoltageY_frequency
+		is updated. Consider to use out_altvoltageY_powerdown to power
+		down the PLL and it's RFOut buffers during REFin changes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22c5ea6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en
+Date:		April 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Event generated when channel passes one of the four thresholds
+		in each direction (rising|falling) and a zone change occurs.
+		The corresponding light zone can be read from
+		in_illuminance0_zone.
+
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_threshY_hysteresis
+Date:		May 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Get the hysteresis for thresholds Y, that is,
+		threshY_hysteresis = threshY_raising - threshY_falling
+
+What:		/sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_falling_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_raising_value
+Date:		April 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing
+		against for the events enabled by
+		in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en (0..255), where Y in 0..3.
+
+		Note that threshY_falling must be less than or equal to
+		threshY_raising.
+
+		These thresholds correspond to the eight zone-boundary
+		registers (boundaryY_{low,high}) and define the five light
+		zones.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_zone
+Date:		April 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Get the current light zone (0..4) as defined by the
+		in_illuminance0_threshY_{falling,rising} thresholds.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_raw
+Date:		May 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Get output current for channel Y (0..255), that is,
+		out_currentY_currentZ_raw, where Z is the current zone.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_currentZ_raw
+Date:		May 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Set the output current for channel out_currentY when in zone
+		Z (0..255), where Y in 0..2 and Z in 0..4.
+
+		These values correspond to the ALS-mapper target registers for
+		ALS-mapper Y + 1.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb53737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What:           /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gyro_matrix
+What:           /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_matrix
+What:           /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_matrix
+KernelVersion:  3.4.0
+Contact:        linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		This is mounting matrix for motion sensors. Mounting matrix
+		is a 3x3 unitary matrix. A typical mounting matrix would look like
+		[0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Using this information, it would be
+		easy to tell the relative positions among sensors as well as their
+		positions relative to the board that holds these sensors. Identity matrix
+		[1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and device are perfectly
+		aligned with each other. All axes are exactly the same.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6349749
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../phy_id
+Date:		November 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.8
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		This attribute contains the 32-bit PHY Identifier as reported
+		by the device during bus enumeration, encoded in hexadecimal.
+		This ID is used to match the device with the appropriate
+		driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7057e57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/media/devices/.../model
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+		linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Contains the device model name in UTF-8. The device version is
+		is not be appended to the model name.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2066f0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/mei/devices/.../modalias
+Date:		March 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.10
+Contact:	Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
+		linux-mei@linux.intel.com
+Description:	Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent
+		Format: mei:<mei device name>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..297493c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../bind
+Date:		December 2003
+Contact:	linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Writing a device location to this file will cause
+		the driver to attempt to bind to the device found at
+		this location.	This is useful for overriding default
+		bindings.  The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
+		That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
+		found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/.  For example:
+		# echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind
+		(Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../unbind
+Date:		December 2003
+Contact:	linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Writing a device location to this file will cause the
+		driver to attempt to unbind from the device found at
+		this location.	This may be useful when overriding default
+		bindings.  The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
+		That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
+		found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:
+		# echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind
+		(Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../new_id
+Date:		December 2003
+Contact:	linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to
+		dynamically add a new device ID to a PCI device driver.
+		This may allow the driver to support more hardware than
+		was included in the driver's static device ID support
+		table at compile time.  The format for the device ID is:
+		VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM PPPP.  That is Vendor ID,
+		Device ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID,
+		Class, Class Mask, and Private Driver Data.  The Vendor ID
+		and Device ID fields are required, the rest are optional.
+		Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe
+		for the device and attempt to bind to it.  For example:
+		# echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../remove_id
+Date:		February 2009
+Contact:	Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
+Description:
+		Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID
+		that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry.
+		The format for the device ID is:
+		VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM.	That is Vendor ID, Device
+		ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID, Class,
+		and Class Mask.  The Vendor ID and Device ID fields are
+		required, the rest are optional.  After successfully
+		removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the
+		device.  This is useful to ensure auto probing won't
+		match the driver to the device.  For example:
+		# echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/rescan
+Date:		January 2009
+Contact:	Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+		Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+		force a rescan of all PCI buses in the system, and
+		re-discover previously removed devices.
+		Depends on CONFIG_HOTPLUG.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/
+Date:		September, 2011
+Contact:	Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../msi_irqs directory contains a variable set
+		of files, with each file being named after a corresponding msi
+		irq vector allocated to that device.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/<N>
+Date:		September 2011
+Contact:	Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
+Description:
+		This attribute indicates the mode that the irq vector named by
+		the file is in (msi vs. msix)
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../remove
+Date:		January 2009
+Contact:	Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+		Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+		hot-remove the PCI device and any of its children.
+		Depends on CONFIG_HOTPLUG.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../pci_bus/.../rescan
+Date:		May 2011
+Contact:	Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+		Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+		force a rescan of the bus and all child buses,
+		and re-discover devices removed earlier from this
+		part of the device tree.  Depends on CONFIG_HOTPLUG.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../rescan
+Date:		January 2009
+Contact:	Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+		Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+		force a rescan of the device's parent bus and all
+		child buses, and re-discover devices removed earlier
+		from this part of the device tree.
+		Depends on CONFIG_HOTPLUG.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../reset
+Date:		July 2009
+Contact:	Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
+Description:
+		Some devices allow an individual function to be reset
+		without affecting other functions in the same device.
+		For devices that have this support, a file named reset
+		will be present in sysfs.  Writing 1 to this file
+		will perform reset.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../vpd
+Date:		February 2008
+Contact:	Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
+Description:
+		A file named vpd in a device directory will be a
+		binary file containing the Vital Product Data for the
+		device.  It should follow the VPD format defined in
+		PCI Specification 2.1 or 2.2, but users should consider
+		that some devices may have malformatted data.  If the
+		underlying VPD has a writable section then the
+		corresponding section of this file will be writable.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../virtfnN
+Date:		March 2009
+Contact:	Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
+Description:
+		This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV
+		capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it.
+		The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the
+		Virtual Function whose index is N (0...MaxVFs-1).
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../dep_link
+Date:		March 2009
+Contact:	Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
+Description:
+		This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV
+		capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it,
+		and this device has vendor specific dependencies with others.
+		The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of
+		Physical Function this device depends on.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../physfn
+Date:		March 2009
+Contact:	Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
+Description:
+		This symbolic link appears when a device is a Virtual Function.
+		The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the
+		Physical Function this device associates with.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/slots/.../module
+Date:		June 2009
+Contact:	linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		This symbolic link points to the PCI hotplug controller driver
+		module that manages the hotplug slot.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../label
+Date:		July 2010
+Contact:	Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
+Description:
+		Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
+		given name (SMBIOS type 41 string or ACPI _DSM string) of
+		the PCI device.	The attribute will be created only
+		if the firmware	has given a name to the PCI device.
+		ACPI _DSM string name will be given priority if the
+		system firmware provides SMBIOS type 41 string also.
+Users:
+		Userspace applications interested in knowing the
+		firmware assigned name of the PCI device.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../index
+Date:		July 2010
+Contact:	Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
+Description:
+		Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
+		given instance (SMBIOS type 41 device type instance) of the
+		PCI device. The attribute will be created only if the firmware
+		has given an instance number to the PCI device.
+Users:
+		Userspace applications interested in knowing the
+		firmware assigned device type instance of the PCI
+		device that can help in understanding the firmware
+		intended order of the PCI device.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../acpi_index
+Date:		July 2010
+Contact:	Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
+Description:
+		Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
+		given instance (ACPI _DSM instance number) of the PCI device.
+		The attribute will be created only if the firmware has given
+		an instance number to the PCI device. ACPI _DSM instance number
+		will be given priority if the system firmware provides SMBIOS
+		type 41 device type instance also.
+Users:
+		Userspace applications interested in knowing the
+		firmware assigned instance number of the PCI
+		device that can help in understanding the firmware
+		intended order of the PCI device.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../d3cold_allowed
+Date:		July 2012
+Contact:	Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
+Description:
+		d3cold_allowed is bit to control whether the corresponding PCI
+		device can be put into D3Cold state.  If it is cleared, the
+		device will never be put into D3Cold state.  If it is set, the
+		device may be put into D3Cold state if other requirements are
+		satisfied too.  Reading this attribute will show the current
+		value of d3cold_allowed bit.  Writing this attribute will set
+		the value of d3cold_allowed bit.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_totalvfs
+Date:		November 2012
+Contact:	Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com>
+Description:
+		This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV.
+		Userspace applications can read this file to determine the
+		maximum number of Virtual Functions (VFs) a PCIe physical
+		function (PF) can support. Typically, this is the value reported
+		in the PF's SR-IOV extended capability structure's TotalVFs
+		element.  Drivers have the ability at probe time to reduce the
+		value read from this file via the pci_sriov_set_totalvfs()
+		function.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_numvfs
+Date:		November 2012
+Contact:	Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com>
+Description:
+		This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV.
+		Userspace applications can read and write to this file to
+		determine and control the enablement or disablement of Virtual
+		Functions (VFs) on the physical function (PF). A read of this
+		file will return the number of VFs that are enabled on this PF.
+		A number written to this file will enable the specified
+		number of VFs. A userspace application would typically read the
+		file and check that the value is zero, and then write the number
+		of VFs that should be enabled on the PF; the value written
+		should be less than or equal to the value in the sriov_totalvfs
+		file. A userspace application wanting to disable the VFs would
+		write a zero to this file. The core ensures that valid values
+		are written to this file, and returns errors when values are not
+		valid.  For example, writing a 2 to this file when sriov_numvfs
+		is not 0 and not 2 already will return an error. Writing a 10
+		when the value of sriov_totalvfs is 8 will return an error.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53d99ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/model
+Date:		March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 model for logical drive
+		Y of controller X.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/rev
+Date:		March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 revision for logical
+		drive Y of controller X.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/unique_id
+Date:		March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 83 serial number for logical
+		drive Y of controller X.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/vendor
+Date:		March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 vendor for logical drive
+		Y of controller X.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/block:cciss!cXdY
+Date:		March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	A symbolic link to /sys/block/cciss!cXdY
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/rescan
+Date:		August 2009
+Kernel Version:	2.6.31
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Kicks of a rescan of the controller to discover logical
+		drive topology changes.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/lunid
+Date:		August 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.31
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Displays the 8-byte LUN ID used to address logical
+		drive Y of controller X.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/raid_level
+Date:		August 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.31
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Displays the RAID level of logical drive Y of
+		controller X.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/usage_count
+Date:		August 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.31
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Displays the usage count (number of opens) of logical drive Y
+		of controller X.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/resettable
+Date:		February 2011
+Kernel Version:	2.6.38
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Value of 1 indicates the controller can honor the reset_devices
+		kernel parameter.  Value of 0 indicates reset_devices cannot be
+		honored.  This is to allow, for example, kexec tools to be able
+		to warn the user if they designate an unresettable device as
+		a dump device, as kdump requires resetting the device in order
+		to work reliably.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/transport_mode
+Date:		July 2011
+Kernel Version:	3.0
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Value of "simple" indicates that the controller has been placed
+		in "simple mode". Value of "performant" indicates that the
+		controller has been placed in "performant mode".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60c60fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/drivers/ehci_hcd/.../companion
+		/sys/bus/usb/devices/usbN/../companion
+Date:		January 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.21
+Contact:	Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+		PCI-based EHCI USB controllers (i.e., high-speed USB-2.0
+		controllers) are often implemented along with a set of
+		"companion" full/low-speed USB-1.1 controllers.  When a
+		high-speed device is plugged in, the connection is routed
+		to the EHCI controller; when a full- or low-speed device
+		is plugged in, the connection is routed to the companion
+		controller.
+
+		Sometimes you want to force a high-speed device to connect
+		at full speed, which can be accomplished by forcing the
+		connection to be routed to the companion controller.
+		That's what this file does.  Writing a port number to the
+		file causes connections on that port to be routed to the
+		companion controller, and writing the negative of a port
+		number returns the port to normal operation.
+
+		For example: To force the high-speed device attached to
+		port 4 on bus 2 to run at full speed:
+
+			echo 4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion
+
+		To return the port to high-speed operation:
+
+			echo -4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion
+
+		Reading the file gives the list of ports currently forced
+		to the companion controller.
+
+		Note: Some EHCI controllers do not have companions; they
+		may contain an internal "transaction translator" or they
+		may be attached directly to a "rate-matching hub".  This
+		mechanism will not work with such controllers.  Also, it
+		cannot be used to force a port on a high-speed hub to
+		connect at full speed.
+
+		Note: When this file was first added, it appeared in a
+		different sysfs directory.  The location given above is
+		correct for 2.6.35 (and probably several earlier kernel
+		versions as well).
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a30647
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/rbd/
+Date:		November 2010
+Contact:	Yehuda Sadeh <yehuda@newdream.net>,
+		Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
+Description:
+
+Being used for adding and removing rbd block devices.
+
+Usage: <mon ip addr> <options> <pool name> <rbd image name> [snap name]
+
+ $ echo "192.168.0.1 name=admin rbd foo" > /sys/bus/rbd/add
+
+The snapshot name can be "-" or omitted to map the image read/write. A <dev-id>
+will be assigned for any registered block device. If snapshot is used, it will
+be mapped read-only.
+
+Removal of a device:
+
+  $ echo <dev-id> > /sys/bus/rbd/remove
+
+Entries under /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/
+--------------------------------------------
+
+client_id
+
+	The ceph unique client id that was assigned for this specific session.
+
+features
+
+	A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits for this image.
+
+major
+
+	The block device major number.
+
+name
+
+	The name of the rbd image.
+
+image_id
+
+	The unique id for the rbd image.  (For rbd image format 1
+	this is empty.)
+
+pool
+
+	The name of the storage pool where this rbd image resides.
+	An rbd image name is unique within its pool.
+
+pool_id
+
+	The unique identifier for the rbd image's pool.  This is
+	a permanent attribute of the pool.  A pool's id will never
+	change.
+
+size
+
+	The size (in bytes) of the mapped block device.
+
+refresh
+
+	Writing to this file will reread the image header data and set
+	all relevant datastructures accordingly.
+
+current_snap
+
+	The current snapshot for which the device is mapped.
+
+parent
+
+	Information identifying the pool, image, and snapshot id for
+	the parent image in a layered rbd image (format 2 only).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..189e419
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name
+Date:		June 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.3
+Contact:	Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
+Description:
+		Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote
+		processor. Channels are identified with a (textual) name,
+		which is maximum 32 bytes long (defined as RPMSG_NAME_SIZE in
+		rpmsg.h).
+
+		This sysfs entry contains the name of this channel.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../src
+Date:		June 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.3
+Contact:	Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
+Description:
+		Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote
+		processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address,
+		and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity
+		starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with
+		a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when
+		inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core
+		dispatches them to the listening entity (a kernel driver).
+
+		This sysfs entry contains the src (local) rpmsg address
+		of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address
+		wasn't assigned (can happen if no driver exists for this
+		channel).
+
+What:		/sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../dst
+Date:		June 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.3
+Contact:	Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
+Description:
+		Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote
+		processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address,
+		and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity
+		starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with
+		a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when
+		inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core
+		dispatches them to the listening entity.
+
+		This sysfs entry contains the dst (remote) rpmsg address
+		of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address
+		wasn't assigned (can happen if the kernel driver that
+		is attached to this channel is exposing a service to the
+		remote processor. This make it a local rpmsg server,
+		and it is listening for inbound messages that may be sent
+		from any remote rpmsg client; it is not bound to a single
+		remote entity).
+
+What:		/sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../announce
+Date:		June 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.3
+Contact:	Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
+Description:
+		Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote
+		processor. Channels are identified by a textual name (see
+		/sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name above) and have a local
+		("source") rpmsg address, and remote ("destination") rpmsg
+		address.
+
+		A channel is first created when an entity, whether local
+		or remote, starts listening on it for messages (and is thus
+		called an rpmsg server).
+
+		When that happens, a "name service" announcement is sent
+		to the other processor, in order to let it know about the
+		creation of the channel (this way remote clients know they
+		can start sending messages).
+
+		This sysfs entry tells us whether the channel is a local
+		server channel that is announced (values are either
+		true or false).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..948fec4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+What:           /sys/bus/umc/
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                The Wireless Host Controller Interface (WHCI)
+                specification describes a PCI-based device with
+                multiple capabilities; the UWB Multi-interface
+                Controller (UMC).
+
+                The umc bus presents each of the individual
+                capabilties as a device.
+
+What:           /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../capability_id
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                The ID of this capability, with 0 being the radio
+                controller capability.
+
+What:           /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../version
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                The specification version this capability's hardware
+                interface complies with.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f093e59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/autosuspend
+Date:		March 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.21
+Contact:	Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+		Each USB device directory will contain a file named
+		power/autosuspend.  This file holds the time (in seconds)
+		the device must be idle before it will be autosuspended.
+		0 means the device will be autosuspended as soon as
+		possible.  Negative values will prevent the device from
+		being autosuspended at all, and writing a negative value
+		will resume the device if it is already suspended.
+
+		The autosuspend delay for newly-created devices is set to
+		the value of the usbcore.autosuspend module parameter.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/persist
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.23
+Contact:	Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+		If CONFIG_USB_PERSIST is set, then each USB device directory
+		will contain a file named power/persist.  The file holds a
+		boolean value (0 or 1) indicating whether or not the
+		"USB-Persist" facility is enabled for the device.  Since the
+		facility is inherently dangerous, it is disabled by default
+		for all devices except hubs.  For more information, see
+		Documentation/usb/persist.txt.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/connected_duration
+Date:		January 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
+Description:
+		If CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME is enabled then this file
+		is present.  When read, it returns the total time (in msec)
+		that the USB device has been connected to the machine.  This
+		file is read-only.
+Users:
+		PowerTOP <power@bughost.org>
+		http://www.lesswatts.org/projects/powertop/
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/active_duration
+Date:		January 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
+Description:
+		If CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME is enabled then this file
+		is present.  When read, it returns the total time (in msec)
+		that the USB device has been active, i.e. not in a suspended
+		state.  This file is read-only.
+
+		Tools can use this file and the connected_duration file to
+		compute the percentage of time that a device has been active.
+		For example,
+		echo $((100 * `cat active_duration` / `cat connected_duration`))
+		will give an integer percentage.  Note that this does not
+		account for counter wrap.
+Users:
+		PowerTOP <power@bughost.org>
+		http://www.lesswatts.org/projects/powertop/
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/device/<busnum>-<devnum>...:<config num>-<interface num>/supports_autosuspend
+Date:		January 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.27
+Contact:	Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
+Description:
+		When read, this file returns 1 if the interface driver
+		for this interface supports autosuspend.  It also
+		returns 1 if no driver has claimed this interface, as an
+		unclaimed interface will not stop the device from being
+		autosuspended if all other interface drivers are idle.
+		The file returns 0 if autosuspend support has not been
+		added to the driver.
+Users:
+		USB PM tool
+		git://git.moblin.org/users/sarah/usb-pm-tool/
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/device/.../authorized
+Date:		July 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+		Authorized devices are available for use by device
+		drivers, non-authorized one are not.  By default, wired
+		USB devices are authorized.
+
+		Certified Wireless USB devices are not authorized
+		initially and should be (by writing 1) after the
+		device has been authenticated.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_cdid
+Date:		July 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.27
+Contact:	David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+		For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
+
+		A devices's CDID, as 16 space-separated hex octets.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_ck
+Date:		July 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.27
+Contact:	David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+		For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
+
+		Write the device's connection key (CK) to start the
+		authentication of the device.  The CK is 16
+		space-separated hex octets.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_disconnect
+Date:		July 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.27
+Contact:	David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+		For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
+
+		Write a 1 to force the device to disconnect
+		(equivalent to unplugging a wired USB device).
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id
+Date:		October 2011
+Contact:	linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to
+		dynamically add a new device ID to a USB device driver.
+		This may allow the driver to support more hardware than
+		was included in the driver's static device ID support
+		table at compile time. The format for the device ID is:
+		idVendor idProduct bInterfaceClass.
+		The vendor ID and device ID fields are required, the
+		interface class is optional.
+		Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe
+		for the device and attempt to bind to it.  For example:
+		# echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+
+		Reading from this file will list all dynamically added
+		device IDs in the same format, with one entry per
+		line. For example:
+		# cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+		8086 10f5
+		dead beef 06
+		f00d cafe
+
+		The list will be truncated at PAGE_SIZE bytes due to
+		sysfs restrictions.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb-serial/drivers/.../new_id
+Date:		October 2011
+Contact:	linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		For serial USB drivers, this attribute appears under the
+		extra bus folder "usb-serial" in sysfs; apart from that
+		difference, all descriptions from the entry
+		"/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id" apply.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../remove_id
+Date:		November 2009
+Contact:	CHENG Renquan <rqcheng@smu.edu.sg>
+Description:
+		Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID
+		that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry.
+		The format for the device ID is:
+		idVendor idProduct.	After successfully
+		removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the
+		device.  This is useful to ensure auto probing won't
+		match the driver to the device.  For example:
+		# echo "046d c315" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/remove_id
+
+		Reading from this file will list the dynamically added
+		device IDs, exactly like reading from the entry
+		"/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id"
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/device/.../avoid_reset_quirk
+Date:		December 2009
+Contact:	Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.org>
+Description:
+		Writing 1 to this file tells the kernel that this
+		device will morph into another mode when it is reset.
+		Drivers will not use reset for error handling for
+		such devices.
+Users:
+		usb_modeswitch
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_hardware_lpm
+Date:		September 2011
+Contact:	Andiry Xu <andiry.xu@amd.com>
+Description:
+		If CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME is set and a USB 2.0 lpm-capable device
+		is plugged in to a xHCI host which support link PM, it will
+		perform a LPM test; if the test is passed and host supports
+		USB2 hardware LPM (xHCI 1.0 feature), USB2 hardware LPM will
+		be enabled for the device and the USB device directory will
+		contain a file named power/usb2_hardware_lpm.  The file holds
+		a string value (enable or disable) indicating whether or not
+		USB2 hardware LPM is enabled for the device. Developer can
+		write y/Y/1 or n/N/0 to the file to enable/disable the
+		feature.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../removable
+Date:		February 2012
+Contact:	Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
+Description:
+		Some information about whether a given USB device is
+		physically fixed to the platform can be inferred from a
+		combination of hub descriptor bits and platform-specific data
+		such as ACPI. This file will read either "removable" or
+		"fixed" if the information is available, and "unknown"
+		otherwise.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../ltm_capable
+Date:		July 2012
+Contact:	Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+		USB 3.0 devices may optionally support Latency Tolerance
+		Messaging (LTM).  They indicate their support by setting a bit
+		in the bmAttributes field of their SuperSpeed BOS descriptors.
+		If that bit is set for the device, ltm_capable will read "yes".
+		If the device doesn't support LTM, the file will read "no".
+		The file will be present for all speeds of USB devices, and will
+		always read "no" for USB 1.1 and USB 2.0 devices.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
+Date:		August 2012
+Contact:	Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
+		is usb port device's sysfs directory.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/connect_type
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
+Description:
+		Some platforms provide usb port connect types through ACPI.
+		This attribute is to expose these information to user space.
+		The file will read "hotplug", "wired" and "not used" if the
+		information is available, and "unknown" otherwise.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70d00df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Where:		/sys/bus/usb/.../powered
+Date:		August 2008
+Kernel Version:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description:	Controls whether the device's display will powered.
+		A value of 0 is off and a non-zero value is on.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/usb/.../mode_msb
+Where:		/sys/bus/usb/.../mode_lsb
+Date:		August 2008
+Kernel Version:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description:	Controls the devices display mode.
+		For a 6 character display the values are
+			MSB 0x06; LSB 0x3F, and
+		for an 8 character display the values are
+			MSB 0x08; LSB 0xFF.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/usb/.../textmode
+Date:		August 2008
+Kernel Version:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description:	Controls the way the device interprets its text buffer.
+		raw:	each character controls its segment manually
+		hex:	each character is between 0-15
+		ascii:	each character is between '0'-'9' and 'A'-'F'.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/usb/.../text
+Date:		August 2008
+Kernel Version:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description:	The text (or data) for the device to display
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/usb/.../decimals
+Date:		August 2008
+Kernel Version:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description:	Controls the decimal places on the device.
+		To set the nth decimal place, give this field
+		the value of 10 ** n. Assume this field has
+		the value k and has 1 or more decimal places set,
+		to set the mth place (where m is not already set),
+		change this fields value to k + 10 ** m.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..716cffc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/ directory will contain files and
+		directories that will provide a unified interface to
+		the C2 port interface.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/ directory is related to X-th
+		C2 port into the system. Each directory will contain files to
+		manage and control its C2 port.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access file enable the access
+		to the C2 port from the system. No commands can be sent
+		till this entry is set to 0.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id file show the device ID
+		of the connected micro.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access file enable the
+		access to the on-board flash of the connected micro.
+		No commands can be sent till this entry is set to 0.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size file show
+		the on-board flash block size of the connected micro.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num file show
+		the on-board flash blocks number of the connected micro.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data file export
+		the content of the on-board flash of the connected micro.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file execute
+		the "erase" command on the on-board flash of the connected
+		micro.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file show the
+		on-board flash size of the connected micro.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset file execute a "reset"
+		command on the connected micro.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id file show the revision ID
+		of the connected micro.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df0f782
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What:		/sys/block/<device>/iosched/target_latency
+Date:		March 2012
+contact:	Tao Ma <boyu.mt@taobao.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/block/<device>/iosched/target_latency only exists
+		when the user sets cfq to /sys/block/<device>/scheduler.
+		It contains an estimated latency time for the cfq. cfq will
+		use it to calculate the time slice used for every task.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..676530f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What:		/sys/class/
+Date:		Febuary 2006
+Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class directory will consist of a group of
+		subdirectories describing individual classes of devices
+		in the kernel.  The individual directories will consist
+		of either subdirectories, or symlinks to other
+		directories.
+
+		All programs that use this directory tree must be able
+		to handle both subdirectories or symlinks in order to
+		work properly.
+
+Users:
+	udev <linux-hotplug-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33e6488
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_max
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_max
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_max
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_max
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_max
+Date:		May 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.0
+Contact:	device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
+Description:
+		Control the maximum brightness for <ambient light zone>
+		on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127. This file
+		will also show the brightness level stored for this
+		<ambient light zone>.
+
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_dim
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_dim
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_dim
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_dim
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_dim
+Date:		May 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.0
+Contact:	device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
+Description:
+		Control the dim brightness for <ambient light zone>
+		on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127, typically
+		set to 0. Full off when the backlight is disabled.
+		This file will also show the dim brightness level stored for
+		this <ambient light zone>.
+
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level
+Date:		May 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.0
+Contact:	device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
+Description:
+		Get conversion value of the light sensor.
+		This value is updated every 80 ms (when the light sensor
+		is enabled). Returns integer between 0 (dark) and
+		8000 (max ambient brightness)
+
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone
+Date:		May 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.0
+Contact:	device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
+Description:
+		Get/Set current ambient light zone. Reading returns
+		integer between 1..5 (1 = daylight, 2 = bright, ..., 5 = dark).
+		Writing a value between 1..5 forces the backlight controller
+		to enter the corresponding ambient light zone.
+		Writing 0 returns to normal/automatic ambient light level
+		operation. The ambient light sensing feature on these devices
+		is an extension to the API documented in
+		Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight.
+		It can be enabled by writing the value stored in
+		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness to
+		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77cf7ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_channel
+Date:		May 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Get the ALS output channel used as input in
+		ALS-current-control mode (0, 1), where
+
+		0 - out_current0 (backlight 0)
+		1 - out_current1 (backlight 1)
+
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_en
+Date:		May 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1).
+
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/id
+Date:		April 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Get the id of this backlight (0, 1).
+
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/linear
+Date:		April 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where
+
+		0 - exponential mode
+		1 - linear mode
+
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/pwm
+Date:		April 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where
+
+		bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
+		bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
+		bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
+		bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
+		bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
+		bit 0 - PWM-input enabled
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d773d56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+What:		/sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/
+Date:		January 2008
+Contact:	Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
+Description:
+
+Provide a place in sysfs for the backing_dev_info object.  This allows
+setting and retrieving various BDI specific variables.
+
+The <bdi> identifier can be either of the following:
+
+MAJOR:MINOR
+
+	Device number for block devices, or value of st_dev on
+	non-block filesystems which provide their own BDI, such as NFS
+	and FUSE.
+
+MAJOR:MINOR-fuseblk
+
+	Value of st_dev on fuseblk filesystems.
+
+default
+
+	The default backing dev, used for non-block device backed
+	filesystems which do not provide their own BDI.
+
+Files under /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/
+---------------------------------
+
+read_ahead_kb (read-write)
+
+	Size of the read-ahead window in kilobytes
+
+min_ratio (read-write)
+
+	Under normal circumstances each device is given a part of the
+	total write-back cache that relates to its current average
+	writeout speed in relation to the other devices.
+
+	The 'min_ratio' parameter allows assigning a minimum
+	percentage of the write-back cache to a particular device.
+	For example, this is useful for providing a minimum QoS.
+
+max_ratio (read-write)
+
+	Allows limiting a particular device to use not more than the
+	given percentage of the write-back cache.  This is useful in
+	situations where we want to avoid one device taking all or
+	most of the write-back cache.  For example in case of an NFS
+	mount that is prone to get stuck, or a FUSE mount which cannot
+	be trusted to play fair.
+
+stable_pages_required (read-only)
+
+	If set, the backing device requires that all pages comprising a write
+	request must not be changed until writeout is complete.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ba6ea2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../
+Date:		September 2011
+Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		Provide a place in sysfs for the devfreq objects.
+		This allows accessing various devfreq specific variables.
+		The name of devfreq object denoted as ... is same as the
+		name of device using devfreq.
+
+What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../governor
+Date:		September 2011
+Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor show or set the name of the
+		governor used by the corresponding devfreq object.
+
+What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq
+Date:		September 2011
+Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq shows the current
+		frequency of the corresponding devfreq object. Same as
+		target_freq when get_cur_freq() is not implemented by
+		devfreq driver.
+
+What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq
+Date:		September 2012
+Contact:	Rajagopal Venkat <rajagopal.venkat@linaro.org>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq shows the next governor
+		predicted target frequency of the corresponding devfreq object.
+
+What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval
+Date:		September 2011
+Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval shows and sets
+		the requested polling interval of the corresponding devfreq
+		object. The values are represented in ms. If the value is
+		less than 1 jiffy, it is considered to be 0, which means
+		no polling. This value is meaningless if the governor is
+		not polling; thus. If the governor is not using
+		devfreq-provided central polling
+		(/sys/class/devfreq/.../central_polling is 0), this value
+		may be useless.
+
+What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../trans_stat
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Descrtiption:
+		This ABI shows the statistics of devfreq behavior on a
+		specific device. It shows the time spent in each state and
+		the number of transitions between states.
+		In order to activate this ABI, the devfreq target device
+		driver should provide the list of available frequencies
+		with its profile.
+
+What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq
+Date:		September 2011
+Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq shows and
+		sets the requested frequency for the devfreq object if
+		userspace governor is in effect.
+
+What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies shows
+		the available frequencies of the corresponding devfreq object.
+		This is a snapshot of available frequencies and not limited
+		by the min/max frequency restrictions.
+
+What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors shows
+		currently available governors in the system.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57a7262
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+What:		/sys/class/extcon/.../
+Date:		February 2012
+Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		Provide a place in sysfs for the extcon objects.
+		This allows accessing extcon specific variables.
+		The name of extcon object denoted as ... is the name given
+		with extcon_dev_register.
+
+		One extcon device denotes a single external connector
+		port. An external connector may have multiple cables
+		attached simultaneously. Many of docks, cradles, and
+		accessory cables have such capability. For example,
+		the 30-pin port of Nuri board (/arch/arm/mach-exynos)
+		may have both HDMI and Charger attached, or analog audio,
+		video, and USB cables attached simultaneously.
+
+		If there are cables mutually exclusive with each other,
+		such binary relations may be expressed with extcon_dev's
+		mutually_exclusive array.
+
+What:		/sys/class/extcon/.../name
+Date:		February 2012
+Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/extcon/.../name shows the name of the extcon
+		object. If the extcon object has an optional callback
+		"show_name" defined, the callback will provide the name with
+		this sysfs node.
+
+What:		/sys/class/extcon/.../state
+Date:		February 2012
+Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/extcon/.../state shows and stores the cable
+		attach/detach information of the corresponding extcon object.
+		If the extcon object has an optional callback "show_state"
+		defined, the showing function is overridden with the optional
+		callback.
+
+		If the default callback for showing function is used, the
+		format is like this:
+		# cat state
+		USB_OTG=1
+		HDMI=0
+		TA=1
+		EAR_JACK=0
+		#
+		In this example, the extcon device has USB_OTG and TA
+		cables attached and HDMI and EAR_JACK cables detached.
+
+		In order to update the state of an extcon device, enter a hex
+		state number starting with 0x:
+		# echo 0xHEX > state
+
+		This updates the whole state of the extcon device.
+		Inputs of all the methods are required to meet the
+		mutually_exclusive conditions if they exist.
+
+		It is recommended to use this "global" state interface if
+		you need to set the value atomically. The later state
+		interface associated with each cable cannot update
+		multiple cable states of an extcon device simultaneously.
+
+What:		/sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name
+Date:		February 2012
+Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name shows the name of cable
+		"x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon device.
+
+What:		/sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state
+Date:		February 2012
+Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state shows and stores the
+		state of cable "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon
+		device. The state value is either 0 (detached) or 1
+		(attached).
+
+What:		/sys/class/extcon/.../mutually_exclusive/...
+Date:		December 2011
+Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+		Shows the relations of mutually exclusiveness. For example,
+		if the mutually_exclusive array of extcon device is
+		{0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, then the output is:
+		# ls mutually_exclusive/
+		0x3
+		0x5
+		0xc
+		#
+
+		Note that mutually_exclusive is a sub-directory of the extcon
+		device and the file names under the mutually_exclusive
+		directory show the mutually-exclusive sets, not the contents
+		of the files.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35906bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What:		/sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/lcd_power
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Control LCD power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h
+		 - FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0)   : power on.
+		 - FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off
+
+What:		/sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/contrast
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Current contrast of this LCD device. Value is between 0 and
+		/sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/max_contrast.
+
+What:		/sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/max_contrast
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Maximum contrast for this LCD device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3646ec8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/brightness
+Date:		March 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Set the brightness of the LED. Most LEDs don't
+		have hardware brightness support so will just be turned on for
+		non-zero brightness settings. The value is between 0 and
+		/sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness.
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness
+Date:		March 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Maximum brightness level for this led, default is 255 (LED_FULL).
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/trigger
+Date:		March 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Set the trigger for this LED. A trigger is a kernel based source
+		of led events.
+		You can change triggers in a similar manner to the way an IO
+		scheduler is chosen. Trigger specific parameters can appear in
+		/sys/class/leds/<led> once a given trigger is selected.
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/inverted
+Date:		January 2011
+KernelVersion:	2.6.38
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Invert the LED on/off state. This parameter is specific to
+		gpio and backlight triggers. In case of the backlight trigger,
+		it is useful when driving a LED which is intended to indicate
+		a device in a standby like state.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..620ebb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/als_channel
+Date:		May 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Set the ALS output channel to use as input in
+		ALS-current-control mode (1, 2), where
+
+		1 - out_current1
+		2 - out_current2
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/als_en
+Date:		May 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1).
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/falltime
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/risetime
+Date:		April 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Set the pattern generator fall and rise times (0..7), where
+
+		0 - 2048 us
+		1 - 262 ms
+		2 - 524 ms
+		3 - 1.049 s
+		4 - 2.097 s
+		5 - 4.194 s
+		6 - 8.389 s
+		7 - 16.78 s
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/id
+Date:		April 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Get the id of this led (0..3).
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/linear
+Date:		April 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where
+
+		0 - exponential mode
+		1 - linear mode
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/pwm
+Date:		April 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where
+
+		bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
+		bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
+		bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
+		bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
+		bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
+		bit 0 - PWM-input enabled
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1399bb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		The mtd/ class subdirectory belongs to the MTD subsystem
+		(MTD core).
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/mtd/mtd{0,1,2,3,...} directories correspond
+		to each /dev/mtdX character device.  These may represent
+		physical/simulated flash devices, partitions on a flash
+		device, or concatenated flash devices.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		These directories provide the corresponding read-only device
+		nodes for /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ .
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/dev
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+		to this MTD device (in <major>:<minor> format).  This is the
+		read-write device so <minor> will be even.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/dev
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+		to the read-only variant of thie MTD device (in
+		<major>:<minor> format).  In this case <minor> will be odd.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/erasesize
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		"Major" erase size for the device.  If numeraseregions is
+		zero, this is the eraseblock size for the entire device.
+		Otherwise, the MEMGETREGIONCOUNT/MEMGETREGIONINFO ioctls
+		can be used to determine the actual eraseblock layout.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/flags
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		A hexadecimal value representing the device flags, ORed
+		together:
+
+		0x0400: MTD_WRITEABLE - device is writable
+		0x0800: MTD_BIT_WRITEABLE - single bits can be flipped
+		0x1000: MTD_NO_ERASE - no erase necessary
+		0x2000: MTD_POWERUP_LOCK - always locked after reset
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/name
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		A human-readable ASCII name for the device or partition.
+		This will match the name in /proc/mtd .
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/numeraseregions
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		For devices that have variable eraseblock sizes, this
+		provides the total number of erase regions.  Otherwise,
+		it will read back as zero.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/oobsize
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		Number of OOB bytes per page.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/size
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		Total size of the device/partition, in bytes.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/type
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		One of the following ASCII strings, representing the device
+		type:
+
+		absent, ram, rom, nor, nand, mlc-nand, dataflash, ubi, unknown
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/writesize
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		Minimal writable flash unit size.  This will always be
+		a positive integer.
+
+		In the case of NOR flash it is 1 (even though individual
+		bits can be cleared).
+
+		In the case of NAND flash it is one NAND page (or a
+		half page, or a quarter page).
+
+		In the case of ECC NOR, it is the ECC block size.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_strength
+Date:		April 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.4
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		Maximum number of bit errors that the device is capable of
+		correcting within each region covering an ECC step (see
+		ecc_step_size).  This will always be a non-negative integer.
+
+		In the case of devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bitflip_threshold
+Date:		April 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.4
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		This allows the user to examine and adjust the criteria by which
+		mtd returns -EUCLEAN from mtd_read() and mtd_read_oob().  If the
+		maximum number of bit errors that were corrected on any single
+		region comprising an ecc step (as reported by the driver) equals
+		or exceeds this value, -EUCLEAN is returned.  Otherwise, absent
+		an error, 0 is returned.  Higher layers (e.g., UBI) use this
+		return code as an indication that an erase block may be
+		degrading and should be scrutinized as a candidate for being
+		marked as bad.
+
+		The initial value may be specified by the flash device driver.
+		If not, then the default value is ecc_strength.
+
+		The introduction of this feature brings a subtle change to the
+		meaning of the -EUCLEAN return code.  Previously, it was
+		interpreted to mean simply "one or more bit errors were
+		corrected".  Its new interpretation can be phrased as "a
+		dangerously high number of bit errors were corrected on one or
+		more regions comprising an ecc step".  The precise definition of
+		"dangerously high" can be adjusted by the user with
+		bitflip_threshold.  Users are discouraged from doing this,
+		however, unless they know what they are doing and have intimate
+		knowledge of the properties of their device.  Broadly speaking,
+		bitflip_threshold should be low enough to detect genuine erase
+		block degradation, but high enough to avoid the consequences of
+		a persistent return value of -EUCLEAN on devices where sticky
+		bitflips occur.  Note that if bitflip_threshold exceeds
+		ecc_strength, -EUCLEAN is never returned by the read operations.
+		Conversely, if bitflip_threshold is zero, -EUCLEAN is always
+		returned, absent a hard error.
+
+		This is generally applicable only to NAND flash devices with ECC
+		capability.  It is ignored on devices lacking ECC capability;
+		i.e., devices for which ecc_strength is zero.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_step_size
+Date:		May 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.10
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		The size of a single region covered by ECC, known as the ECC
+		step.  Devices may have several equally sized ECC steps within
+		each writesize region.
+
+		It will always be a non-negative integer.  In the case of
+		devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bdc0070
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/iface_status
+Date:           May 2010
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+                Indicates the status of <iface> as it is seen by batman.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface
+Date:           May 2010
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+                The /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface file
+                displays the batman mesh interface this <iface>
+                currently is associated with.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f418c92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/enable0
+Date:		October 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.8
+Contact:	Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com>
+Description:
+		Hardware configuration of physical interface 0. This file reads
+		and writes the "Enable 0" bit of the configuration register.
+		Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP
+		core library documentation for details. The default value is 0
+		or set by the module parameter grcan.enable0 and can be read at
+		/sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable0.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/enable1
+Date:		October 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.8
+Contact:	Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com>
+Description:
+		Hardware configuration of physical interface 1. This file reads
+		and writes the "Enable 1" bit of the configuration register.
+		Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP
+		core library documentation for details. The default value is 0
+		or set by the module parameter grcan.enable1 and can be read at
+		/sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable1.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/select
+Date:		October 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.8
+Contact:	Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com>
+Description:
+		Configuration of which physical interface to be used. Possible
+		values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP core
+		library documentation for details. The default value is 0 or is
+		set by the module parameter grcan.select and can be read at
+		/sys/module/grcan/parameters/select.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bdcd8b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/aggregated_ogms
+Date:           May 2010
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+                Indicates whether the batman protocol messages of the
+                mesh <mesh_iface> shall be aggregated or not.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/ap_isolation
+Date:           May 2011
+Contact:        Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
+Description:
+                Indicates whether the data traffic going from a
+                wireless client to another wireless client will be
+                silently dropped.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/bonding
+Date:           June 2010
+Contact:        Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
+Description:
+                Indicates whether the data traffic going through the
+                mesh will be sent using multiple interfaces at the
+                same time (if available).
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/bridge_loop_avoidance
+Date:           November 2011
+Contact:        Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
+Description:
+                Indicates whether the bridge loop avoidance feature
+                is enabled. This feature detects and avoids loops
+                between the mesh and devices bridged with the soft
+                interface <mesh_iface>.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/fragmentation
+Date:           October 2010
+Contact:        Andreas Langer <an.langer@gmx.de>
+Description:
+                Indicates whether the data traffic going through the
+                mesh will be fragmented or silently discarded if the
+                packet size exceeds the outgoing interface MTU.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_bandwidth
+Date:           October 2010
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+                Defines the bandwidth which is propagated by this
+                node if gw_mode was set to 'server'.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_mode
+Date:           October 2010
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+                Defines the state of the gateway features. Can be
+                either 'off', 'client' or 'server'.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_sel_class
+Date:           October 2010
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+                Defines the selection criteria this node will use
+                to choose a gateway if gw_mode was set to 'client'.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/hop_penalty
+Date:           Oct 2010
+Contact:        Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
+Description:
+                Defines the penalty which will be applied to an
+                originator message's tq-field on every hop.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/network_coding
+Date:           Nov 2012
+Contact:        Martin Hundeboll <martin@hundeboll.net>
+Description:
+                Controls whether Network Coding (using some magic
+                to send fewer wifi packets but still the same
+                content) is enabled or not.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/orig_interval
+Date:           May 2010
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+                Defines the interval in milliseconds in which batman
+                sends its protocol messages.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/routing_algo
+Date:           Dec 2011
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+                Defines the routing procotol this mesh instance
+                uses to find the optimal paths through the mesh.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/vis_mode
+Date:           May 2010
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+                Each batman node only maintains information about its
+                own local neighborhood, therefore generating graphs
+                showing the topology of the entire mesh is not easily
+                feasible without having a central instance to collect
+                the local topologies from all nodes. This file allows
+                to activate the collecting (server) mode.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1c3f02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+What:           /sys/class/pktcdvd/
+Date:           Oct. 2006
+KernelVersion:  2.6.20
+Contact:        Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
+Description:
+
+sysfs interface
+---------------
+
+The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates
+these files in the sysfs:
+(<devid> is in format  major:minor )
+
+/sys/class/pktcdvd/
+    add            (0200)  Write a block device id (major:minor)
+                           to create a new pktcdvd device and map
+                           it to the block device.
+
+    remove         (0200)  Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor)
+                           to it to remove the pktcdvd device.
+
+    device_map     (0444)  Shows the device mapping in format:
+                             pktcdvd[0-7] <pktdevid> <blkdevid>
+
+/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/
+    dev                   (0444) Device id
+    uevent                (0200) To send an uevent.
+
+/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/
+    packets_started       (0444) Number of started packets.
+    packets_finished      (0444) Number of finished packets.
+
+    kb_written            (0444) kBytes written.
+    kb_read               (0444) kBytes read.
+    kb_read_gather        (0444) kBytes read to fill write packets.
+
+    reset                 (0200) Write any value to it to reset
+                                 pktcdvd device statistic values, like
+                                 bytes read/written.
+
+/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/write_queue/
+    size                  (0444) Contains the size of the bio write
+                                 queue.
+
+    congestion_off        (0644) If bio write queue size is below
+                                 this mark, accept new bio requests
+                                 from the block layer.
+
+    congestion_on         (0644) If bio write queue size is higher
+                                 as this mark, do no longer accept
+                                 bio write requests from the block
+                                 layer and wait till the pktcdvd
+                                 device has processed enough bio's
+                                 so that bio write queue size is
+                                 below congestion off mark.
+                                 A value of <= 0 disables congestion
+                                 control.
+
+
+Example:
+--------
+To use the pktcdvd sysfs interface directly, you can do:
+
+# create a new pktcdvd device mapped to /dev/hdc
+echo "22:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/add
+cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
+# assuming device pktcdvd0 was created, look at stat's
+cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/stat/kb_written
+# print the device id of the mapped block device
+fgrep pktcdvd0 /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
+# remove device, using pktcdvd0 device id   253:0
+echo "253:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/remove
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78c7bac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What:		/sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_now
+Date:		May 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
+Description:
+		This file is writeable and can be used to set the current
+		coloumb counter value inside the battery monitor chip. This
+		is needed for unavoidable corrections of aging batteries.
+		A userspace daemon can monitor the battery charging logic
+		and once the counter drops out of considerable bounds, take
+		appropriate action.
+
+What:		/sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_full
+Date:		May 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
+Description:
+		This file is writeable and can be used to set the assumed
+		battery 'full level'. As batteries age, this value has to be
+		amended over time.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c479d77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+What:		/sys/class/pwm/
+Date:		May 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.11
+Contact:	H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+		The pwm/ class sub-directory belongs to the Generic PWM
+		Framework and provides a sysfs interface for using PWM
+		channels.
+
+What:		/sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/
+Date:		May 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.11
+Contact:	H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+		A /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN directory is created for each
+		probed PWM controller/chip where N is the base of the
+		PWM chip.
+
+What:		/sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/npwm
+Date:		May 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.11
+Contact:	H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+		The number of PWM channels supported by the PWM chip.
+
+What:		/sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/export
+Date:		May 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.11
+Contact:	H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+		Exports a PWM channel from the PWM chip for sysfs control.
+		Value is between 0 and /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/npwm - 1.
+
+What:		/sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/unexport
+Date:		May 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.11
+Contact:	H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+		Unexports a PWM channel.
+
+What:		/sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX
+Date:		May 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.11
+Contact:	H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+		A /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX directory is created for
+		each exported PWM channel where X is the exported PWM
+		channel number.
+
+What:		/sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/period
+Date:		May 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.11
+Contact:	H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+		Sets the PWM signal period in nanoseconds.
+
+What:		/sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/duty_cycle
+Date:		May 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.11
+Contact:	H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+		Sets the PWM signal duty cycle in nanoseconds.
+
+What:		/sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/polarity
+Date:		May 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.11
+Contact:	H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+		Sets the output polarity of the PWM signal to "normal" or
+		"inversed".
+
+What:		/sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/enable
+Date:		May 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.11
+Contact:	H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+		Enable/disable the PWM signal.
+		0 is disabled
+		1 is enabled
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc578bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../state
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		state. This reports the regulator enable control, for
+		regulators which can report that input value.
+
+		This will be one of the following strings:
+
+		'enabled'
+		'disabled'
+		'unknown'
+
+		'enabled' means the regulator output is ON and is supplying
+		power to the system (assuming no error prevents it).
+
+		'disabled' means the regulator output is OFF and is not
+		supplying power to the system (unless some non-Linux
+		control has enabled it).
+
+		'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or
+		the reported state is invalid.
+
+		NOTE: this field can be used in conjunction with microvolts
+		or microamps to determine configured regulator output levels.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../status
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		"status". This reports the current regulator status, for
+		regulators which can report that output value.
+
+		This will be one of the following strings:
+
+			off
+			on
+			error
+			fast
+			normal
+			idle
+			standby
+
+		"off" means the regulator is not supplying power to the
+		system.
+
+		"on" means the regulator is supplying power to the system,
+		and the regulator can't report a detailed operation mode.
+
+		"error" indicates an out-of-regulation status such as being
+		disabled due to thermal shutdown, or voltage being unstable
+		because of problems with the input power supply.
+
+		"fast", "normal", "idle", and "standby" are all detailed
+		regulator operation modes (described elsewhere).  They
+		imply "on", but provide more detail.
+
+		Note that regulator status is a function of many inputs,
+		not limited to control inputs from Linux.  For example,
+		the actual load presented may trigger "error" status; or
+		a regulator may be enabled by another user, even though
+		Linux did not enable it.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../type
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Each regulator directory will contain a field called
+		type. This holds the regulator type.
+
+		This will be one of the following strings:
+
+		'voltage'
+		'current'
+		'unknown'
+
+		'voltage' means the regulator output voltage can be controlled
+		by software.
+
+		'current' means the regulator output current limit can be
+		controlled by software.
+
+		'unknown' means software cannot control either voltage or
+		current limit.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../microvolts
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		microvolts. This holds the regulator output voltage setting
+		measured in microvolts (i.e. E-6 Volts), for regulators
+		which can report the control input for voltage.
+
+		NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
+		output voltage level as this value is the same regardless of
+		whether the regulator is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../microamps
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		microamps. This holds the regulator output current limit
+		setting measured in microamps (i.e. E-6 Amps), for regulators
+		which can report the control input for a current limit.
+
+		NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
+		output current level as this value is the same regardless of
+		whether the regulator is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../opmode
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		opmode. This holds the current regulator operating mode,
+		for regulators which can report that control input value.
+
+		The opmode value can be one of the following strings:
+
+		'fast'
+		'normal'
+		'idle'
+		'standby'
+		'unknown'
+
+		The modes are described in include/linux/regulator/consumer.h
+
+		NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
+		output operating mode as this value is the same regardless of
+		whether the regulator is enabled or disabled.  A "status"
+		attribute may be available to determine the actual mode.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../min_microvolts
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		min_microvolts. This holds the minimum safe working regulator
+		output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts,
+		for regulators which support voltage constraints.
+
+		NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+		the power domain has no min microvolts constraint defined by
+		platform code.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../max_microvolts
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		max_microvolts. This holds the maximum safe working regulator
+		output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts,
+		for regulators which support voltage constraints.
+
+		NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+		the power domain has no max microvolts constraint defined by
+		platform code.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../min_microamps
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		min_microamps. This holds the minimum safe working regulator
+		output current limit setting for this domain measured in
+		microamps, for regulators which support current constraints.
+
+		NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+		the power domain has no min microamps constraint defined by
+		platform code.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../max_microamps
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		max_microamps. This holds the maximum safe working regulator
+		output current limit setting for this domain measured in
+		microamps, for regulators which support current constraints.
+
+		NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+		the power domain has no max microamps constraint defined by
+		platform code.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../name
+Date:		October 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.28
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Each regulator directory will contain a field called
+		name. This holds a string identifying the regulator for
+		display purposes.
+
+		NOTE: this will be empty if no suitable name is provided
+		by platform or regulator drivers.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../num_users
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Each regulator directory will contain a field called
+		num_users. This holds the number of consumer devices that
+		have called regulator_enable() on this regulator.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../requested_microamps
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		requested_microamps. This holds the total requested load
+		current in microamps for this regulator from all its consumer
+		devices.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../parent
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a link called parent.
+		This points to the parent or supply regulator if one exists.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_microvolts
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_mem_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
+		voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
+		the system is suspended to memory, for voltage regulators
+		implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_microvolts
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_disk_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
+		voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
+		the system is suspended to disk, for voltage regulators
+		implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_microvolts
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_standby_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
+		voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
+		the system is suspended to standby, for voltage regulators
+		implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_mode
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_mem_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
+		setting for this domain when the system is suspended to
+		memory, for regulators implementing suspend mode
+		configuration constraints.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_mode
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_disk_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
+		setting for this domain when the system is suspended to disk,
+		for regulators implementing suspend mode configuration
+		constraints.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_mode
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_standby_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
+		setting for this domain when the system is suspended to
+		standby, for regulators implementing suspend mode
+		configuration constraints.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_state
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_mem_state. This holds the regulator operating state
+		when suspended to memory, for regulators implementing suspend
+		configuration constraints.
+
+		This will be one of the same strings reported by
+		the "state" attribute.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_state
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_disk_state. This holds the regulator operating state
+		when suspended to disk, for regulators implementing
+		suspend configuration constraints.
+
+		This will be one of the same strings reported by
+		the "state" attribute.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_state
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_standby_state. This holds the regulator operating
+		state when suspended to standby, for regulators implementing
+		suspend configuration constraints.
+
+		This will be one of the same strings reported by
+		the "state" attribute.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../bypass
+Date:		September 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.7
+Contact:	Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		bypass.  This indicates if the device is in bypass mode.
+
+		This will be one of the following strings:
+
+		'enabled'
+		'disabled'
+		'unknown'
+
+		'enabled' means the regulator is in bypass mode.
+
+		'disabled' means that the regulator is regulating.
+
+		'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or
+		the reported state is invalid.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4cf1e72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What:           Attribute for calibrating ST-Ericsson AB8500 Real Time Clock
+Date:           Oct 2011
+KernelVersion:  3.0
+Contact:        Mark Godfrey <mark.godfrey@stericsson.com>
+Description:    The rtc_calibration attribute allows the userspace to
+                calibrate the AB8500.s 32KHz Real Time Clock.
+                Every 60 seconds the AB8500 will correct the RTC's value
+                by adding to it the value of this attribute.
+                The range of the attribute is -127 to +127 in units of
+                30.5 micro-seconds (half-parts-per-million of the 32KHz clock)
+Users:          The /vendor/st-ericsson/base_utilities/core/rtc_calibration
+                daemon uses this interface.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29a4f89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/isci_id
+Date:		June 2011
+Contact:	Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com>
+Description:
+		This file contains the enumerated host ID for the Intel
+		SCU controller. The Intel(R) C600 Series Chipset SATA/SAS
+		Storage Control Unit embeds up to two 4-port controllers in
+		a single PCI device.  The controllers are enumerated in order
+		which usually means the lowest number scsi_host corresponds
+		with the first controller, but this association is not
+		guaranteed.  The 'isci_id' attribute unambiguously identifies
+		the controller index: '0' for the first controller,
+		'1' for the second.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a5fd07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                Interfaces for WiMedia Ultra Wideband Common Radio
+                Platform (UWB) radio controllers.
+
+                Familiarity with the ECMA-368 'High Rate Ultra
+                Wideband MAC and PHY Specification' is assumed.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/beacon_timeout_ms
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Description:
+                If no beacons are received from a device for at least
+                this time, the device will be considered to have gone
+                and it will be removed.  The default is 3 superframes
+                (~197 ms) as required by the specification.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                An individual UWB radio controller.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/beacon
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                Write:
+
+                <channel>
+
+                to force a specific channel to be used when beaconing,
+                or, if <channel> is -1, to prohibit beaconing.  If
+                <channel> is 0, then the default channel selection
+                algorithm will be used.  Valid channels depends on the
+                radio controller's supported band groups.
+
+                Reading returns the currently active channel, or -1 if
+                the radio controller is not beaconing.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/scan
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                Write:
+
+                <channel> <type> [<bpst offset>]
+
+                to start (or stop) scanning on a channel.  <type> is one of:
+                    0 - scan
+                    1 - scan outside BP
+                    2 - scan while inactive
+                    3 - scanning disabled
+                    4 - scan (with start time of <bpst offset>)
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/mac_address
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                The EUI-48, in colon-separated hex octets, for this
+                radio controller.  A write will change the radio
+                controller's EUI-48 but only do so while the device is
+                not beaconing or scanning.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                A symlink to the device (if any) of the WUSB Host
+                Controller PAL using this radio controller.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                A neighbour UWB device that has either been detected
+                as part of a scan or is a member of the radio
+                controllers beacon group.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/BPST
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                The time (using the radio controllers internal 1 ms
+                interval superframe timer) of the last beacon from
+                this device was received.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/DevAddr
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                The current DevAddr of this device in colon separated
+                hex octets.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/EUI_48
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+
+                The EUI-48 of this device in colon separated hex
+                octets.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/BPST
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/IEs
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                The latest IEs included in this device's beacon, in
+                space separated hex octets with one IE per line.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/LQE
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                Link Quality Estimate - the Signal to Noise Ratio
+                (SNR) of all packets received from this device in dB.
+                This gives an estimate on a suitable PHY rate. Refer
+                to [ECMA-368] section 13.3 for more details.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/RSSI
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                Received Signal Strength Indication - the strength of
+                the received signal in dB.  LQE is a more useful
+                measure of the radio link quality.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25b1e75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_chid
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                Write the CHID (16 space-separated hex octets) for this host controller.
+                This starts the host controller, allowing it to accept connection from
+                WUSB devices.
+
+                Set an all zero CHID to stop the host controller.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_trust_timeout
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                Devices that haven't sent a WUSB packet to the host
+                within 'wusb_trust_timeout' ms are considered to have
+                disconnected and are removed.  The default value of
+                4000 ms is the value required by the WUSB
+                specification.
+
+                Since this relates to security (specifically, the
+                lifetime of PTKs and GTKs) it should not be changed
+                from the default.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_phy_rate
+Date:           August 2009
+KernelVersion:  2.6.32
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                The maximum PHY rate to use for all connected devices.
+                This is only of limited use for testing and
+                development as the hardware's automatic rate
+                adaptation is better then this simple control.
+
+                Refer to [ECMA-368] section 10.3.1.1 for the value to
+                use.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9f2b8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What:		/sys/dev
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
+Description:	The /sys/dev tree provides a method to look up the sysfs
+		path for a device using the information returned from
+		stat(2).  There are two directories, 'block' and 'char',
+		beneath /sys/dev containing symbolic links with names of
+		the form "<major>:<minor>".  These links point to the
+		corresponding sysfs path for the given device.
+
+		Example:
+		$ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32
+		../../block/sdc
+
+		Entries in /sys/dev/char and /sys/dev/block will be
+		dynamically created and destroyed as devices enter and
+		leave the system.
+
+Users:		mdadm <linux-raid@vger.kernel.org>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fcc943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+What:		/sys/devices
+Date:		February 2006
+Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices tree contains a snapshot of the
+		internal state of the kernel device tree.  Devices will
+		be added and removed dynamically as the machine runs,
+		and between different kernel versions, the layout of the
+		devices within this tree will change.
+
+		Please do not rely on the format of this tree because of
+		this.  If a program wishes to find different things in
+		the tree, please use the /sys/class structure and rely
+		on the symlinks there to point to the proper location
+		within the /sys/devices tree of the individual devices.
+		Or rely on the uevent messages to notify programs of
+		devices being added and removed from this tree to find
+		the location of those devices.
+
+		Note that sometimes not all devices along the directory
+		chain will have emitted uevent messages, so userspace
+		programs must be able to handle such occurrences.
+
+Users:
+	udev <linux-hotplug-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30ee78a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/reset_counters
+Date:		January 2006
+Contact:	linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This write-only control file will zero all the statistical
+		counters for UE and CE errors on the given memory controller.
+		Zeroing the counters will also reset the timer indicating how
+		long since the last counter were reset. This is useful for
+		computing errors/time.  Since the counters are always reset
+		at driver initialization time, no module/kernel parameter
+		is available.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/seconds_since_reset
+Date:		January 2006
+Contact:	linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This attribute file displays how many seconds have elapsed
+		since the last counter reset. This can be used with the error
+		counters to measure error rates.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/mc_name
+Date:		January 2006
+Contact:	linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This attribute file displays the type of memory controller
+		that is being utilized.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/size_mb
+Date:		January 2006
+Contact:	linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This attribute file displays, in count of megabytes, of memory
+		that this memory controller manages.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ue_count
+Date:		January 2006
+Contact:	linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This attribute file displays the total count of uncorrectable
+		errors that have occurred on this memory controller. If
+		panic_on_ue is set, this counter will not have a chance to
+		increment, since EDAC will panic the system
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ue_noinfo_count
+Date:		January 2006
+Contact:	linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This attribute file displays the number of UEs that have
+		occurred on this memory controller with no information as to
+		which DIMM slot is having errors.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ce_count
+Date:		January 2006
+Contact:	linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This attribute file displays the total count of correctable
+		errors that have occurred on this memory controller. This
+		count is very important to examine. CEs provide early
+		indications that a DIMM is beginning to fail. This count
+		field should be monitored for non-zero values and report
+		such information to the system administrator.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ce_noinfo_count
+Date:		January 2006
+Contact:	linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This attribute file displays the number of CEs that
+		have occurred on this memory controller wherewith no
+		information as to which DIMM slot is having errors. Memory is
+		handicapped, but operational, yet no information is available
+		to indicate which slot the failing memory is in. This count
+		field should be also be monitored for non-zero values.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/sdram_scrub_rate
+Date:		February 2007
+Contact:	linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Read/Write attribute file that controls memory scrubbing.
+		The scrubbing rate used by the memory controller is set by
+		writing a minimum bandwidth in bytes/sec to the attribute file.
+		The rate will be translated to an internal value that gives at
+		least the specified rate.
+		Reading the file will return the actual scrubbing rate employed.
+		If configuration fails or memory scrubbing is not implemented,
+		the value of the attribute file will be -1.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/max_location
+Date:		April 2012
+Contact:	Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
+		linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This attribute file displays the information about the last
+		available memory slot in this memory controller. It is used by
+		userspace tools in order to display the memory filling layout.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/size
+Date:		April 2012
+Contact:	Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
+		linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This attribute file will display the size of dimm or rank.
+		For dimm*/size, this is the size, in MB of the DIMM memory
+		stick. For rank*/size, this is the size, in MB for one rank
+		of the DIMM memory stick. On single rank memories (1R), this
+		is also the total size of the dimm. On dual rank (2R) memories,
+		this is half the size of the total DIMM memories.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_dev_type
+Date:		April 2012
+Contact:	Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
+		linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This attribute file will display what type of DRAM device is
+		being utilized on this DIMM (x1, x2, x4, x8, ...).
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_edac_mode
+Date:		April 2012
+Contact:	Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
+		linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This attribute file will display what type of Error detection
+		and correction is being utilized. For example: S4ECD4ED would
+		mean a Chipkill with x4 DRAM.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_label
+Date:		April 2012
+Contact:	Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
+		linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This control file allows this DIMM to have a label assigned
+		to it. With this label in the module, when errors occur
+		the output can provide the DIMM label in the system log.
+		This becomes vital for panic events to isolate the
+		cause of the UE event.
+		DIMM Labels must be assigned after booting, with information
+		that correctly identifies the physical slot with its
+		silk screen label. This information is currently very
+		motherboard specific and determination of this information
+		must occur in userland at this time.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_location
+Date:		April 2012
+Contact:	Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
+		linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This attribute file will display the location (csrow/channel,
+		branch/channel/slot or channel/slot) of the dimm or rank.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_mem_type
+Date:		April 2012
+Contact:	Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
+		linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This attribute file will display what type of memory is
+		currently on this csrow. Normally, either buffered or
+		unbuffered memory (for example, Unbuffered-DDR3).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46badc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../firmware_node/
+Date:		September 2012
+Contact:	<>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../firmware_node directory contains attributes
+		allowing the user space to check and modify some firmware
+		related properties of given device.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../firmware_node/description
+Date:		September 2012
+Contact:	Lance Ortiz <lance.ortiz@hp.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../firmware/description attribute contains a string
+		that describes the device as provided by the _STR method in the ACPI
+		namespace.  This attribute is read-only.  If the device does not have
+		an _STR method associated with it in the ACPI namespace, this
+		attribute is not present.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea9298d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/
+Date:		March 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ directory is only present for
+		devices included into the Intel Lynxpoint Low Power Subsystem
+		(LPSS).  If present, it contains attributes containing the LTR
+		mode and the values of LTR registers of the device.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ltr_mode
+Date:		March 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ltr_mode attribute contains an
+		integer number (0 or 1) indicating whether or not the devices'
+		LTR functionality is working in the software mode (1).
+
+		This attribute is read-only.  If the device's runtime PM status
+		is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause
+		-EAGAIN to be returned.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr
+Date:		March 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr attribute contains the
+		current value of the device's AUTO_LTR register (raw)
+		represented as an 8-digit hexadecimal number.
+
+		This attribute is read-only.  If the device's runtime PM status
+		is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause
+		-EAGAIN to be returned.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/sw_ltr
+Date:		March 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr attribute contains the
+		current value of the device's SW_LTR register (raw) represented
+		as an 8-digit hexadecimal number.
+
+		This attribute is read-only.  If the device's runtime PM status
+		is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause
+		-EAGAIN to be returned.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7405de2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/system/memory
+Date:		June 2008
+Contact:	Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/system/memory contains a snapshot of the
+		internal state of the kernel memory blocks. Files could be
+		added or removed dynamically to represent hot-add/remove
+		operations.
+Users:		hotplug memory add/remove tools
+		http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable
+Date:		June 2008
+Contact:	Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+		The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable
+		indicates whether this memory block is removable or not.
+		This is useful for a user-level agent to determine
+		identify removable sections of the memory before attempting
+		potentially expensive hot-remove memory operation
+Users:		hotplug memory remove tools
+		http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils	
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device
+Date:		September 2008
+Contact:	Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+		The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device
+		is read-only and is designed to show the name of physical
+		memory device.  Implementation is currently incomplete.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index
+Date:		September 2008
+Contact:	Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+		The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index
+		is read-only and contains the section ID in hexadecimal
+		which is equivalent to decimal X contained in the
+		memory section directory name.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+Date:		September 2008
+Contact:	Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+		The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+		is read-write.  When read, its contents show the
+		online/offline state of the memory section.  When written,
+		root can toggle the the online/offline state of a removable
+		memory section (see removable file description above)
+		using the following commands.
+		# echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+		# echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+
+		For example, if /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/removable
+		contains a value of 1 and
+		/sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state contains the
+		string "online" the following command can be executed by
+		by root to offline that section.
+		# echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state
+Users:		hotplug memory remove tools
+		http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/memoryX/nodeY
+Date:		October 2009
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that
+		points to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
+
+		For example, the following symbolic link is created for
+		memory section 9 on node0:
+		/sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY
+Date:		September 2008
+Contact:	Gary Hade <garyhade@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+		When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled
+		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY is a symbolic link that
+		points to the corresponding /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryY
+		memory section directory.  For example, the following symbolic
+		link is created for memory section 9 on node0.
+		/sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a50ab6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_offset
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com>
+Description:
+		Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard.
+		eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of
+		area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature
+		is enabled, this attribute will indicate the start address of
+		enhanced data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL.
+		Unit Byte. Format decimal.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_size
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com>
+Description:
+		Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard.
+		eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of
+		area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature
+		is enabled, this attribute will indicate the size of enhanced
+		data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL.
+		Unit KByte. Format decimal.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d548eaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/suspended
+Date:		April 2010
+Contact:	Fabien Chouteau <fabien.chouteau@barco.com>
+Description:
+		Show the suspend state of an USB composite gadget.
+		1 -> suspended
+		0 -> resumed
+
+		(_UDC_ is the name of the USB Device Controller driver)
+
+What:           /sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/gadget-lunX/nofua
+Date:           July 2010
+Contact:        Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Show or set the reaction on the FUA (Force Unit Access) bit in
+		the SCSI WRITE(10,12) commands when a gadget in USB Mass
+		Storage mode.
+
+		Possible values are:
+			1 -> ignore the FUA flag
+			0 -> obey the FUA flag
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8aa3671
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked
+Date:		November 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.3
+Contact:	Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
+Description:
+		Show whether the floor (0 to 4), protection area (0 or 1) is
+		keylocked. Each docg3 chip (or floor) has 2 protection areas,
+		which can cover any part of it, block aligned, called DPS.
+		The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads,
+		writes or both.
+		The result is:
+		0 -> the DPS is not keylocked
+		1 -> the DPS is keylocked
+Users:		None identified so far.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_protection_key
+Date:		November 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.3
+Contact:	Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
+Description:
+		Enter the protection key for the floor (0 to 4), protection area
+		(0 or 1). Each docg3 chip (or floor) has 2 protection areas,
+		which can cover any part of it, block aligned, called DPS.
+		The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads,
+		writes or both.
+		The protection key is a string of 8 bytes (value 0-255).
+		Entering the correct value toggle the lock, and can be observed
+		through f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked.
+		Possible values are:
+			- 8 bytes
+		Typical values are:
+			- "00000000"
+			- "12345678"
+Users:		None identified so far.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2107082
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_alpha
+Date:		May 2012
+Contact:	Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+Description:
+		This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding
+		to overlay planes.
+
+		Stores the alpha blending value for the overlay. Values range
+		from 0 (transparent) to 255 (opaque). The value is ignored if
+		the mode is not set to Alpha Blending.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_mode
+Date:		May 2012
+Contact:	Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+Description:
+		This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding
+		to overlay planes.
+
+		Selects the composition mode for the overlay. Possible values
+		are
+
+		0 - Alpha Blending
+		1 - ROP3
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_position
+Date:		May 2012
+Contact:	Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+Description:
+		This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding
+		to overlay planes.
+
+		Stores the x,y overlay position on the display in pixels. The
+		position format is `[0-9]+,[0-9]+'.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_rop3
+Date:		May 2012
+Contact:	Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+Description:
+		This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding
+		to overlay planes.
+
+		Stores the raster operation (ROP3) for the overlay. Values
+		range from 0 to 255. The value is ignored if the mode is not
+		set to ROP3.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d43e76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/
+Date:		January 2009
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power directory contains attributes
+		allowing the user space to check and modify some power
+		management related properties of given device.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup
+Date:		January 2009
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup attribute allows the user
+		space to check if the device is enabled to wake up the system
+		from sleep states, such as the memory sleep state (suspend to
+		RAM) and hibernation (suspend to disk), and to enable or disable
+		it to do that as desired.
+
+		Some devices support "wakeup" events, which are hardware signals
+		used to activate the system from a sleep state.  Such devices
+		have one of the following two values for the sysfs power/wakeup
+		file:
+
+		+ "enabled\n" to issue the events;
+		+ "disabled\n" not to do so;
+
+		In that cases the user space can change the setting represented
+		by the contents of this file by writing either "enabled", or
+		"disabled" to it.
+
+		For the devices that are not capable of generating system wakeup
+		events this file is not present.  In that case the device cannot
+		be enabled to wake up the system from sleep states.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/control
+Date:		January 2009
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power/control attribute allows the user
+		space to control the run-time power management of the device.
+
+		All devices have one of the following two values for the
+		power/control file:
+
+		+ "auto\n" to allow the device to be power managed at run time;
+		+ "on\n" to prevent the device from being power managed;
+
+		The default for all devices is "auto", which means that they may
+		be subject to automatic power management, depending on their
+		drivers.  Changing this attribute to "on" prevents the driver
+		from power managing the device at run time.  Doing that while
+		the device is suspended causes it to be woken up.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/async
+Date:		January 2009
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../async attribute allows the user space to
+		enable or diasble the device's suspend and resume callbacks to
+		be executed asynchronously (ie. in separate threads, in parallel
+		with the main suspend/resume thread) during system-wide power
+		transitions (eg. suspend to RAM, hibernation).
+
+		All devices have one of the following two values for the
+		power/async file:
+
+		+ "enabled\n" to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume;
+		+ "disabled\n" to forbid it;
+
+		The value of this attribute may be changed by writing either
+		"enabled", or "disabled" to it.
+
+		It generally is unsafe to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume
+		of a device unless it is certain that all of the PM dependencies
+		of the device are known to the PM core.  However, for some
+		devices this attribute is set to "enabled" by bus type code or
+		device drivers and in that cases it should be safe to leave the
+		default value.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_count
+Date:		September 2010
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_count attribute contains the number
+		of signaled wakeup events associated with the device.  This
+		attribute is read-only.  If the device is not enabled to wake up
+		the system from sleep states, this attribute is not present.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active_count
+Date:		September 2010
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active_count attribute contains the
+		number of times the processing of wakeup events associated with
+		the device was completed (at the kernel level).  This attribute
+		is read-only.  If the device is not enabled to wake up the
+		system from sleep states, this attribute is not present.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_abort_count
+Date:		February 2012
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_abort_count attribute contains the
+		number of times the processing of a wakeup event associated with
+		the device might have aborted system transition into a sleep
+		state in progress.  This attribute is read-only.  If the device
+		is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this
+		attribute is not present.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_expire_count
+Date:		February 2012
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_expire_count attribute contains the
+		number of times a wakeup event associated with the device has
+		been reported with a timeout that expired.  This attribute is
+		read-only.  If the device is not enabled to wake up the system
+		from sleep states, this attribute is not present.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active
+Date:		September 2010
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active attribute contains either 1,
+		or 0, depending on whether or not a wakeup event associated with
+		the device is being processed (1).  This attribute is read-only.
+		If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep
+		states, this attribute is not present.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_total_time_ms
+Date:		September 2010
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_total_time_ms attribute contains
+		the total time of processing wakeup events associated with the
+		device, in milliseconds.  This attribute is read-only.  If the
+		device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states,
+		this attribute is not present.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_max_time_ms
+Date:		September 2010
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_max_time_ms attribute contains
+		the maximum time of processing a single wakeup event associated
+		with the device, in milliseconds.  This attribute is read-only.
+		If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep
+		states, this attribute is not present.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_last_time_ms
+Date:		September 2010
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_last_time_ms attribute contains
+		the value of the monotonic clock corresponding to the time of
+		signaling the last wakeup event associated with the device, in
+		milliseconds.  This attribute is read-only.  If the device is
+		not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this
+		attribute is not present.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms
+Date:		February 2012
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms attribute
+		contains the total time the device has been preventing
+		opportunistic transitions to sleep states from occurring.
+		This attribute is read-only.  If the device is not enabled to
+		wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is not
+		present.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms
+Date:		September 2010
+Contact:	Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms attribute
+		contains the autosuspend delay value (in milliseconds).  Some
+		drivers do not want their device to suspend as soon as it
+		becomes idle at run time; they want the device to remain
+		inactive for a certain minimum period of time first.  That
+		period is called the autosuspend delay.  Negative values will
+		prevent the device from being suspended at run time (similar
+		to writing "on" to the power/control attribute).  Values >=
+		1000 will cause the autosuspend timer expiration to be rounded
+		up to the nearest second.
+
+		Not all drivers support this attribute.  If it isn't supported,
+		attempts to read or write it will yield I/O errors.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_us
+Date:		March 2012
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us attribute
+		contains the PM QoS resume latency limit for the given device,
+		which is the maximum allowed time it can take to resume the
+		device, after it has been suspended at run time, from a resume
+		request to the moment the device will be ready to process I/O,
+		in microseconds.  If it is equal to 0, however, this means that
+		the PM QoS resume latency may be arbitrary.
+
+		Not all drivers support this attribute.  If it isn't supported,
+		it is not present.
+
+		This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and
+		hibernation.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off
+Date:		September 2012
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off attribute
+		is used for manipulating the PM QoS "no power off" flag.  If
+		set, this flag indicates to the kernel that power should not
+		be removed entirely from the device.
+
+		Not all drivers support this attribute.  If it isn't supported,
+		it is not present.
+
+		This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and
+		hibernation.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_remote_wakeup
+Date:		September 2012
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_remote_wakeup attribute
+		is used for manipulating the PM QoS "remote wakeup required"
+		flag.  If set, this flag indicates to the kernel that the
+		device is a source of user events that have to be signaled from
+		its low-power states.
+
+		Not all drivers support this attribute.  If it isn't supported,
+		it is not present.
+
+		This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and
+		hibernation.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73b77a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/ directory is only
+		present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+		use ACPI power resources for power management.
+
+		If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+		representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+		the given device node to be in ACPI power state D0.  The names
+		of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+		point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30c2070
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/ directory is only
+		present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+		use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
+		power state D1.
+
+		If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+		representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+		the given device node to be in ACPI power state D1.  The names
+		of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+		point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd9d84b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/ directory is only
+		present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+		use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
+		power state D2.
+
+		If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+		representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+		the given device node to be in ACPI power state D2.  The names
+		of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+		point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3df32c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/ directory is only
+		present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+		use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
+		power state D3hot.
+
+		If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+		representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+		the given device node to be in ACPI power state D3hot.  The
+		names of the links are the same as the names of the directories
+		they point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0588fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power_resources_wakeup/
+Date:		April 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_wakeup/ directory is only
+		present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+		require ACPI power resources for wakeup signaling.
+
+		If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+		representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+		the given device node to be able to signal wakeup.  The names of
+		the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+		point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ad9546
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power_state
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute is only present for
+		device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide power
+		management methods.
+
+		If present, it contains a string representing the current ACPI
+		power state of the given device node.  Its possible values,
+		"D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and "D3cold", reflect the power state
+		names defined by the ACPI specification (ACPI 4 and above).
+
+		If the device node uses shared ACPI power resources, this state
+		determines a list of power resources required not to be turned
+		off.  However, some power resources needed by the device node in
+		higher-power (lower-number) states may also be ON because of
+		some other devices using them at the moment.
+
+		This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b3527c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../real_power_state
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../real_power_state attribute is only present
+		for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide
+		power management methods and use ACPI power resources for power
+		management.
+
+		If present, it contains a string representing the real ACPI
+		power state of the given device node as returned by the _PSC
+		control method or inferred from the configuration of power
+		resources.  Its possible values, "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and
+		"D3cold", reflect the power state names defined by the ACPI
+		specification (ACPI 4 and above).
+
+		In some situations the value of this attribute may be different
+		from the value of the /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute for
+		the same device object.  If that happens, some shared power
+		resources used by the device node are only ON because of some
+		other devices using them at the moment.
+
+		This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4a3bc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../resource_in_use
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use attribute is only present
+		for device objects representing ACPI power resources.
+
+		If present, it contains a number (0 or 1) representing the
+		current status of the given power resource (0 means that the
+		resource is not in use and therefore it has been turned off).
+
+		This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d9cc25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/socX
+Date:		January 2012
+contact:	Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/ directory contains a sub-directory for each
+		System-on-Chip (SoC) device on a running platform. Information
+		regarding each SoC can be obtained by reading sysfs files. This
+		functionality is only available if implemented by the platform.
+
+		The directory created for each SoC will also house information
+		about devices which are commonly contained in /sys/devices/platform.
+		It has been agreed that if an SoC device exists, its supported
+		devices would be better suited to appear as children of that SoC.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/socX/machine
+Date:		January 2012
+contact:	Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+		Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains the SoC machine
+		name (e.g. Ux500).
+
+What:		/sys/devices/socX/family
+Date:		January 2012
+contact:	Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+		Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains SoC family name
+		(e.g. DB8500).
+
+What:		/sys/devices/socX/soc_id
+Date:		January 2012
+contact:	Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+		Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. In the case of
+		ST-Ericsson's chips this contains the SoC serial number.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/socX/revision
+Date:		January 2012
+contact:	Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+		Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. Contains the SoC's
+		manufacturing revision number.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/socX/process
+Date:		January 2012
+contact:	Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+		Read-only attribute supported ST-Ericsson's silicon. Contains the
+		the process by which the silicon chip was manufactured.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/soc
+Date:		January 2012
+contact:	Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+		The /sys/bus/soc/ directory contains the usual sub-folders
+		expected under most buses. /sys/bus/soc/devices is of particular
+		interest, as it contains a symlink for each SoC device found on
+		the system. Each symlink points back into the aforementioned
+		/sys/devices/socX devices.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86be984
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+Whatt:		/sys/devices/.../sun
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Yasuaki Ishimatsu <isimatu.yasuaki@jp.fujitsu.com>
+Description:
+		The file contains a Slot-unique ID which provided by the _SUN
+		method in the ACPI namespace. The value is written in Advanced
+		Configuration and Power Interface Specification as follows:
+
+		"The _SUN value is required to be unique among the slots of
+		the same type. It is also recommended that this number match
+		the slot number printed on the physical slot whenever possible."
+
+		So reading the sysfs file, we can identify a physical position
+		of the slot in the system.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2447698
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/
+Date:		pre-git history
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+		A collection of both global and individual CPU attributes
+
+		Individual CPU attributes are contained in subdirectories
+		named by the kernel's logical CPU number, e.g.:
+
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/kernel_max
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/offline
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/online
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/possible
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/present
+Date:		December 2008
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:	CPU topology files that describe kernel limits related to
+		hotplug. Briefly:
+
+		kernel_max: the maximum cpu index allowed by the kernel
+		configuration.
+
+		offline: cpus that are not online because they have been
+		HOTPLUGGED off or exceed the limit of cpus allowed by the
+		kernel configuration (kernel_max above).
+
+		online: cpus that are online and being scheduled.
+
+		possible: cpus that have been allocated resources and can be
+		brought online if they are present.
+
+		present: cpus that have been identified as being present in
+		the system.
+
+		See Documentation/cputopology.txt for more information.
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/probe
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/release
+Date:		November 2009
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:	Dynamic addition and removal of CPU's.  This is not hotplug
+		removal, this is meant complete removal/addition of the CPU
+		from the system.
+
+		probe: writes to this file will dynamically add a CPU to the
+		system.  Information written to the file to add CPU's is
+		architecture specific.
+
+		release: writes to this file dynamically remove a CPU from
+		the system.  Information writtento the file to remove CPU's
+		is architecture specific.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node
+Date:		October 2009
+Contact:	Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:	Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to
+
+		When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that points
+		to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
+
+		For example, the following symlink is created for cpu42
+		in NUMA node 2:
+
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_id
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings_list
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/physical_package_id
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings_list
+Date:		December 2008
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:	CPU topology files that describe a logical CPU's relationship
+		to other cores and threads in the same physical package.
+
+		One cpu# directory is created per logical CPU in the system,
+		e.g. /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/.
+
+		Briefly, the files above are:
+
+		core_id: the CPU core ID of cpu#. Typically it is the
+		hardware platform's identifier (rather than the kernel's).
+		The actual value is architecture and platform dependent.
+
+		core_siblings: internal kernel map of cpu#'s hardware threads
+		within the same physical_package_id.
+
+		core_siblings_list: human-readable list of the logical CPU
+		numbers within the same physical_package_id as cpu#.
+
+		physical_package_id: physical package id of cpu#. Typically
+		corresponds to a physical socket number, but the actual value
+		is architecture and platform dependent.
+
+		thread_siblings: internel kernel map of cpu#'s hardware
+		threads within the same core as cpu#
+
+		thread_siblings_list: human-readable list of cpu#'s hardware
+		threads within the same core as cpu#
+
+		See Documentation/cputopology.txt for more information.
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_driver
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governer_ro
+Date:		September 2007
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:	Discover cpuidle policy and mechanism
+
+		Various CPUs today support multiple idle levels that are
+		differentiated by varying exit latencies and power
+		consumption during idle.
+
+		Idle policy (governor) is differentiated from idle mechanism
+		(driver)
+
+		current_driver: displays current idle mechanism
+
+		current_governor_ro: displays current idle policy
+
+		See files in Documentation/cpuidle/ for more information.
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/*
+Date:		pre-git history
+Contact:	cpufreq@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Discover and change clock speed of CPUs
+
+		Clock scaling allows you to change the clock speed of the
+		CPUs on the fly. This is a nice method to save battery
+		power, because the lower the clock speed, the less power
+		the CPU consumes.
+
+		There are many knobs to tweak in this directory.
+
+		See files in Documentation/cpu-freq/ for more information.
+
+		In particular, read Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt
+		to learn how to control the knobs.
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index3/cache_disable_{0,1}
+Date:		August 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.27
+Contact:	discuss@x86-64.org
+Description:	Disable L3 cache indices
+
+		These files exist in every CPU's cache/index3 directory. Each
+		cache_disable_{0,1} file corresponds to one disable slot which
+		can be used to disable a cache index. Reading from these files
+		on a processor with this functionality will return the currently
+		disabled index for that node. There is one L3 structure per
+		node, or per internal node on MCM machines. Writing a valid
+		index to one of these files will cause the specificed cache
+		index to be disabled.
+
+		All AMD processors with L3 caches provide this functionality.
+		For details, see BKDGs at
+		http://developer.amd.com/documentation/guides/Pages/default.aspx
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/boost
+Date:		August 2012
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:	Processor frequency boosting control
+
+		This switch controls the boost setting for the whole system.
+		Boosting allows the CPU and the firmware to run at a frequency
+		beyound it's nominal limit.
+		More details can be found in Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/crash_notes
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/crash_notes_size
+Date:		April 2013
+Contact:	kexec@lists.infradead.org
+Description:	address and size of the percpu note.
+
+		crash_notes: the physical address of the memory that holds the
+		note of cpu#.
+
+		crash_notes_size: size of the note of cpu#.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b82deea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What:           state
+Date:           Sep 2010
+KernelVersion:  2.6.37
+Contact:        Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com>
+Description:    The state file allows a means by which to change in and
+                out of Premium Real-Time Mode (PRTM), as well as the
+                ability to query the current state.
+                    0 => PRTM off
+                    1 => PRTM enabled
+Users:          The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface.
+
+
+What:           version
+Date:           Sep 2010
+KernelVersion:  2.6.37
+Contact:        Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com>
+Description:    The version file provides a means by which to query
+                the RTL table version that lives in the Extended
+                BIOS Data Area (EBDA).
+Users:          The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface.
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ca02fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/
+Date:		May 2012
+Contact:	Liu, Jinsong <jinsong.liu@intel.com>
+Description:
+		A collection of global/individual Xen physical cpu attributes
+
+		Individual physical cpu attributes are contained in
+		subdirectories named by the Xen's logical cpu number, e.g.:
+		/sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/xen_cpu#/
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/xen_cpu#/online
+Date:		May 2012
+Contact:	Liu, Jinsong <jinsong.liu@intel.com>
+Description:
+		Interface to online/offline Xen physical cpus
+
+		When running under Xen platform, it provide user interface
+		to online/offline physical cpus, except cpu0 due to several
+		logic restrictions and assumptions.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6490e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What:		For USB devices	: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/report_descriptor
+		For BT devices	: /sys/class/bluetooth/hci<addr>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/report_descriptor
+		Symlink		: /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw<num>/device/report_descriptor
+Date:		Jan 2011
+KernelVersion:	2.0.39
+Contact:	Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the device's raw binary HID
+		report descriptor.
+		This file cannot be written.
+Users:		HIDAPI library (http://www.signal11.us/oss/hidapi)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo-tpkbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo-tpkbd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57b92cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo-tpkbd
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/press_to_select
+Date:		July 2011
+Contact:	linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This controls if mouse clicks should be generated if the trackpoint is quickly pressed. How fast this press has to be
+		is being controlled by press_speed.
+		Values are 0 or 1.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/dragging
+Date:		July 2011
+Contact:	linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	If this setting is enabled, it is possible to do dragging by pressing the trackpoint. This requires press_to_select to be enabled.
+		Values are 0 or 1.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/release_to_select
+Date:		July 2011
+Contact:	linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	For details regarding this setting please refer to http://www.pc.ibm.com/ww/healthycomputing/trkpntb.html
+		Values are 0 or 1.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/select_right
+Date:		July 2011
+Contact:	linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This setting controls if the mouse click events generated by pressing the trackpoint (if press_to_select is enabled) generate
+		a left or right mouse button click.
+		Values are 0 or 1.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/sensitivity
+Date:		July 2011
+Contact:	linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This file contains the trackpoint sensitivity.
+		Values are decimal integers from 1 (lowest sensitivity) to 255 (highest sensitivity).
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/press_speed
+Date:		July 2011
+Contact:	linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This setting controls how fast the trackpoint needs to be pressed to generate a mouse click if press_to_select is enabled.
+		Values are decimal integers from 1 (slowest) to 255 (fastest).
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..167d903
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What:		/sys/module/hid_logitech/drivers/hid:logitech/<dev>/range.
+Date:		July 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.2
+Contact:	Michal Malý <madcatxster@gmail.com>
+Description:	Display minimum, maximum and current range of the steering
+		wheel. Writing a value within min and max boundaries sets the
+		range of the wheel.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f79839d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/quirks
+Date:		November 2011
+Contact:	Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com>
+Description:	The integer value of this attribute corresponds to the
+		quirks actually in place to handle the device's protocol.
+		When read, this attribute returns the current settings (see
+		MT_QUIRKS_* in hid-multitouch.c).
+		When written this attribute change on the fly the quirks, then
+		the protocol to handle the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08579e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org>
+Description:	Make it possible to switch the PicoLCD device between LCD
+		(firmware) and bootloader (flasher) operation modes.
+
+		Reading: returns list of available modes, the active mode being
+		enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']')
+
+		Writing: causes operation mode switch. Permitted values are
+		the non-active mode names listed when read.
+
+		Note: when switching mode the current PicoLCD HID device gets
+		disconnected and reconnects after above delay (see attribute
+		operation_mode_delay for its value).
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode_delay
+Date:		April 2010
+Contact:	Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org>
+Description:	Delay PicoLCD waits before restarting in new mode when
+		operation_mode has changed.
+
+		Reading/Writing: It is expressed in ms and permitted range is
+		0..30000ms.
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fb_update_rate
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org>
+Description:	Make it possible to adjust defio refresh rate.
+
+		Reading: returns list of available refresh rates (expressed in Hz),
+		the active refresh rate being enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']')
+
+		Writing: accepts new refresh rate expressed in integer Hz
+		within permitted rates.
+
+		Note: As device can barely do 2 complete refreshes a second
+		it only makes sense to adjust this value if only one or two
+		tiles get changed and it's not appropriate to expect the application
+		to flush it's tiny changes explicitely at higher than default rate.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05d988c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../channel
+Date:		April 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.34
+Contact:	Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Allows control (via software) the midi channel to which
+		that the pc-midi keyboard will output.midi data.
+		Range: 0..15
+		Type:  Read/write
+What:		/sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../sustain
+Date:		April 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.34
+Contact:	Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Allows control (via software) the sustain duration of a
+		note held by the pc-midi driver.
+		0 means sustain mode is disabled.
+		Range: 0..5000 (milliseconds)
+		Type:  Read/write
+What:		/sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../octave
+Date:		April 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.34
+Contact:	Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Controls the octave shift modifier in the pc-midi driver.
+		The octave can be shifted via software up/down 2 octaves.
+		0 means the no ocatve shift.
+		Range: -2..2 (minus 2 to plus 2)
+		Type: Read/Write
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55e281b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/actual_profile
+Date:		Januar 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-5.
+		When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
+		profile which is also the profile that's active on device startup.
+		When written this attribute activates the selected profile
+		immediately.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/button
+Date:		Januar 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The keyboard can store short macros with consist of 1 button with
+		several modifier keys internally.
+		When written, this file lets one set the sequence for a specific
+		button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are
+		included in written data. The data has to be 24 bytes long.
+		This file is writeonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/info
+Date:		Januar 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns some info about the device like the
+		installed firmware version.
+		The size of the data is 8 bytes in size.
+		This file is readonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/key_mask
+Date:		Januar 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The keyboard lets the user deactivate 5 certain keys like the
+		windows and application keys, to protect the user from the outcome
+		of accidentally pressing them.
+		The integer value of this attribute has bits 0-4 set depending
+		on the state of the corresponding key.
+		When read, this file returns the current state of the buttons.
+		When written, the given buttons are activated/deactivated
+		immediately.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/mode_key
+Date:		Januar 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The keyboard has a condensed layout without num-lock key.
+		Instead it uses a mode-key which activates a gaming mode where
+		the assignment of the number block changes.
+		The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0 (OFF) to 1 (ON).
+		When read, this file returns the actual state of the key.
+		When written, the key is activated/deactivated immediately.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c601d0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/actual_profile
+Date:		June 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
+		When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
+		profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the
+		profile that's active when the device is powered on next time.
+		When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
+		and the device activates this profile immediately.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/info
+Date:		June 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns general data like firmware version.
+		The data is 6 bytes long.
+		This file is readonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/key_mask
+Date:		June 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one deactivate certain keys like
+		windows and application keys, to prevent accidental presses.
+		Profile number for which this settings occur is included in
+		written data. The data has to be 6 bytes long.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_capslock
+Date:		June 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one set the function of the
+		capslock key for a specific profile. Profile number is included
+		in written data. The data has to be 6 bytes long.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_easyzone
+Date:		June 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one set the function of the
+		easyzone keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included
+		in written data. The data has to be 65 bytes long.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_function
+Date:		June 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one set the function of the
+		function keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included
+		in written data. The data has to be 41 bytes long.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_macro
+Date:		June 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one set the function of the macro
+		keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included in
+		written data. The data has to be 35 bytes long.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_media
+Date:		June 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one set the function of the media
+		keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included in
+		written data. The data has to be 29 bytes long.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_thumbster
+Date:		June 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one set the function of the
+		thumbster keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included
+		in written data. The data has to be 23 bytes long.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/last_set
+Date:		June 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one set the time in secs since
+		epoch in which the last configuration took place.
+		The data has to be 20 bytes long.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/light
+Date:		June 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one set the backlight intensity for
+		a specific profile. Profile number is included in written data.
+		The data has to be 10 bytes long for Isku, IskuFX needs	16 bytes
+		of data.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/macro
+Date:		June 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one store macros with max 500
+		keystrokes for a specific button for a specific profile.
+		Button and profile numbers are included in written data.
+		The data has to be 2083 bytes long.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile and key to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/reset
+Date:		November 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one reset the device.
+		The data has to be 3 bytes long.
+		This file is writeonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/control
+Date:		June 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one select which data from which
+		profile will be	read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long.
+		This file is writeonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/talk
+Date:		June 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one trigger easyshift functionality
+		from the host.
+		The data has to be 16 bytes long.
+		This file is writeonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/talkfx
+Date:		February 2013
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one trigger temporary color schemes
+		from the host.
+		The data has to be 16 bytes long.
+		This file is writeonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ca3971
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_dpi
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	It is possible to switch the dpi setting of the mouse with the
+		press of a button.
+		When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual dpi
+		setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
+		processed to receive the real dpi value.
+
+		VALUE DPI
+		1     800
+		2     1200
+		3     1600
+		4     2000
+		5     2400
+		6     3200
+
+		This file is readonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_profile
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile.
+		This file is readonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/firmware_version
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
+		firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
+		further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
+		number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
+		left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
+		This file is readonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/profile[1-5]
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+                press of a button. A profile holds information like button
+                mappings, sensitivity, the colors of the 5 leds and light
+                effects.
+                When read, these files return the respective profile. The
+                returned data is 975 bytes in size.
+		When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+		data back to the mouse. The data has to be 975 bytes long.
+		The mouse will reject invalid data, whereas the profile number
+		stored in the profile doesn't need to fit the number of the
+		store.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/settings
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse.
+		The size of the data is 36 bytes and holds information like the
+		startup_profile, tcu state and calibration_data.
+		When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse.
+		The data has to be 36 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid
+		data.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/startup_profile
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1 to 5.
+                When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
+                that's active when the mouse is powered on.
+		When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
+		and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/tcu
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse has a "Tracking Control Unit" which lets the user
+		calibrate the laser power to fit the mousepad surface.
+		When read, this file returns the current state of the TCU,
+		where 0 means off and 1 means on.
+		Writing 0 in this file will switch the TCU off.
+		Writing 1 in this file will start the calibration which takes
+		around 6 seconds to complete and activates the TCU.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/weight
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can be equipped with one of four supplied weights
+		ranging from 5 to 20 grams which are recognized by the mouse
+		and its value can be read out. When read, this file returns the
+		raw value returned by the mouse which eases further processing
+		in other software.
+		The values map to the weights as follows:
+
+		VALUE WEIGHT
+		0     none
+		1     5g
+		2     10g
+		3     15g
+		4     20g
+
+		This file is readonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bd776f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/actual_profile
+Date:		October 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
+                When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
+                profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the
+                profile that's active when the mouse is powered on next time.
+		When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
+		and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/info
+Date:		November 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns general data like firmware version.
+		When written, the device can be reset.
+		The data is 8 bytes long.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/macro
+Date:		October 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store a macro with max 500 key/button strokes
+		internally.
+		When written, this file lets one set the sequence for a specific
+		button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are
+		included in written data. The data has to be 2082 bytes long.
+		This file is writeonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile_buttons
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
+		When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+		buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 77 bytes long.
+		The mouse will reject invalid data.
+		Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+		contained in the data.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile_settings
+Date:		October 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
+		and light effects.
+		When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+		settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 43 bytes long.
+		The mouse will reject invalid data.
+		Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+		contained in the data.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/sensor
+Date:		October 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse has a tracking- and a distance-control-unit. These
+		can be activated/deactivated and the lift-off distance can be
+		set. The data has to be 6 bytes long.
+		This file is writeonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/talk
+Date:		May 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	Used to active some easy* functions of the mouse from outside.
+		The data has to be 16 bytes long.
+		This file is writeonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/tcu
+Date:		October 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written a calibration process for the tracking control unit
+		can be initiated/cancelled. Also lets one read/write sensor
+		registers.
+		The data has to be 4 bytes long.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/tcu_image
+Date:		October 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read the mouse returns a 30x30 pixel image of the
+		sampled underground. This works only in the course of a
+		calibration process initiated with tcu.
+		The returned data is 1028 bytes in size.
+		This file is readonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-konepure b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-konepure
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41a9b7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-konepure
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/actual_profile
+Date:		December 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. actual_profile holds number of actual profile.
+		This value is persistent, so its value determines the profile
+		that's active when the mouse is powered on next time.
+		When written, the mouse activates the set profile immediately.
+		The data has to be 3 bytes long.
+		The mouse will reject invalid data.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/control
+Date:		December 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one select which data from which
+		profile will be	read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long.
+		This file is writeonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/info
+Date:		December 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns general data like firmware version.
+		When written, the device can be reset.
+		The data is 6 bytes long.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/macro
+Date:		December 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store a macro with max 500 key/button strokes
+		internally.
+		When written, this file lets one set the sequence for a specific
+		button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are
+		included in written data. The data has to be 2082 bytes long.
+		This file is writeonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/profile_buttons
+Date:		December 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
+		When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+		buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 59 bytes long.
+		The mouse will reject invalid data.
+		Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+		contained in the data.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/profile_settings
+Date:		December 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
+		and light effects.
+		When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+		settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 31 bytes long.
+		The mouse will reject invalid data.
+		Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+		contained in the data.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/sensor
+Date:		December 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse has a tracking- and a distance-control-unit. These
+		can be activated/deactivated and the lift-off distance can be
+		set. The data has to be 6 bytes long.
+		This file is writeonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/talk
+Date:		December 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	Used to active some easy* functions of the mouse from outside.
+		The data has to be 16 bytes long.
+		This file is writeonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/tcu
+Date:		December 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written a calibration process for the tracking control unit
+		can be initiated/cancelled. Also lets one read/write sensor
+		registers.
+		The data has to be 4 bytes long.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/tcu_image
+Date:		December 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read the mouse returns a 30x30 pixel image of the
+		sampled underground. This works only in the course of a
+		calibration process initiated with tcu.
+		The returned data is 1028 bytes in size.
+		This file is readonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a10404f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_profile
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
+		When read, this attribute returns the number of the active
+		profile.
+		When written, the mouse activates this profile immediately.
+		The profile that's active when powered down is the same that's
+		active when the mouse is powered on.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/info
+Date:		November 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns general data like firmware version.
+		When written, the device can be reset.
+		The data is 6 bytes long.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile_buttons
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
+		When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+		buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 23 bytes long.
+		The mouse will reject invalid data.
+		Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+		contained in the data.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile_settings
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
+		and light effects.
+		When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+		settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 16 bytes long.
+		The mouse will reject invalid data.
+		Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+		contained in the data.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31c6c4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/control
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, cpi, button and light settings can be configured.
+		When read, actual cpi setting and sensor data are returned.
+		The data has to be 8 bytes long.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fa9de3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/info
+Date:		November 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns general data like firmware version.
+		When written, the device can be reset.
+		The data is 6 bytes long.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile_settings
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
+		and light effects.
+		When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+		settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 13 bytes long.
+		The mouse will reject invalid data.
+		Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+		contained in the data.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile_buttons
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
+		When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+		buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 19 bytes long.
+		The mouse will reject invalid data.
+		Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+		contained in the data.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/settings
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse.
+		The size of the data is 3 bytes and holds information on the
+		startup_profile.
+		When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse.
+		The data has to be 3 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid
+		data.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1e02a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/buttons
+Date:		Mai 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split into general settings and
+		button settings. buttons holds informations about button layout.
+		When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+		buttons to the mouse. The data has to be 47 bytes long.
+		The mouse will reject invalid data.
+		Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+		contained in the data.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/control
+Date:		Mai 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one select which data from which
+		profile will be	read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long.
+		This file is writeonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/general
+Date:		Mai 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split into general settings and
+		button settings. profile holds informations like resolution, sensitivity
+		and light effects.
+		When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+		settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 43 bytes long.
+		The mouse will reject invalid data.
+		Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+		contained in the data.
+		This file is writeonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/info
+Date:		Mai 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns general data like firmware version.
+		When written, the device can be reset.
+		The data is 8 bytes long.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/macro
+Date:		Mai 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one store macros with max 500
+		keystrokes for a specific button for a specific profile.
+		Button and profile numbers are included in written data.
+		The data has to be 2083 bytes long.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile and key to read.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/profile
+Date:		Mai 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. profile holds number of actual profile.
+		This value is persistent, so its value determines the profile
+		that's active when the mouse is powered on next time.
+		When written, the mouse activates the set profile immediately.
+		The data has to be 3 bytes long.
+		The mouse will reject invalid data.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/sensor
+Date:		July 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse has a Avago ADNS-3090 sensor.
+		This file allows reading and writing of the mouse sensors registers.
+		The data has to be 4 bytes long.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0eba70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What:		/sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM1
+What:		/sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM2
+What:		/sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM3
+What:		/sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM4
+What:		/sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM5
+What:		/sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM6
+What:		/sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM7
+What:		/sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM8
+What:		/sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM9
+What:		/sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM10
+What:		/sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM11
+What:		/sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM12
+What:		/sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM13
+What:		/sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM14
+What:		/sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM15
+What:		/sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPMALL
+Date:		Jan 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.9
+Contact:	Simon Wood <simon@mungewell.org>
+Description:	Provides a control for turning on/off the LEDs which form
+		an RPM meter on the front of the controller
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-thingm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-thingm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abcffee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-thingm
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What:		/sys/class/leds/blink1::<serial>/rgb
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:	The ThingM blink1 is an USB RGB LED. The color notation is
+		3-byte hexadecimal. Read this attribute to get the last set
+		color. Write the 24-bit hexadecimal color to change the current
+		LED color. The default color is full white (0xFFFFFF).
+		For instance, set the color to green with: echo 00FF00 > rgb
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/blink1::<serial>/fade
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:	This attribute allows to set a fade time in milliseconds for
+		the next color change. Read the attribute to know the current
+		fade time. The default value is set to 0 (no fade time). For
+		instance, set a fade time of 2 seconds with: echo 2000 > fade
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/blink1::<serial>/play
+Date:		January 2013
+Contact:	Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:	This attribute is used to play/pause the light patterns. Write 1
+		to start playing, 0 to stop. Reading this attribute returns the
+		current playing status.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d98009
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led1
+What:		/sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led2
+What:		/sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led3
+What:		/sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led4
+Date:		July 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.1
+Contact:	David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
+Description:	Make it possible to set/get current led state. Reading from it
+		returns 0 if led is off and 1 if it is on. Writing 0 to it
+		disables the led, writing 1 enables it.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/extension
+Date:		August 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.2
+Contact:	David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
+Description:	This file contains the currently connected and initialized
+		extensions. It can be one of: none, motionp, nunchuck, classic,
+		motionp+nunchuck, motionp+classic
+		motionp is the official Nintendo Motion+ extension, nunchuck is
+		the official Nintendo Nunchuck extension and classic is the
+		Nintendo Classic Controller extension. The motionp extension can
+		be combined with the other two.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d1435b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/
+Date:		August 2012
+Kernel Version:	3.6
+Contact:	xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+		This folder includes the attributes related with PPI (Physical
+		Presence Interface). Only if TPM is supported by BIOS, this
+		folder makes sense. The folder path can be got by command
+		'find /sys/ -name 'pcrs''. For the detail information of PPI,
+		please refer to the PPI specification from
+		http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/
+
+What:		/sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/version
+Date:		August 2012
+Contact:	xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+		This attribute shows the version of the PPI supported by the
+		platform.
+		This file is readonly.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/request
+Date:		August 2012
+Contact:	xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+		This attribute shows the request for an operation to be
+		executed in the pre-OS environment. It is the only input from
+		the OS to the pre-OS environment. The request should be an
+		integer value range from 1 to 160, and 0 means no request.
+		This file can be read and written.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/pnp0/00:<bus-num>/ppi/response
+Date:		August 2012
+Contact:	xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+		This attribute shows the response to the most recent operation
+		request it acted upon. The format is "<request> <response num>
+		: <response description>".
+		This file is readonly.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/transition_action
+Date:		August 2012
+Contact:	xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+		This attribute shows the platform-specific action that should
+		take place in order to transition to the BIOS for execution of
+		a requested operation. The format is "<action num>: <action
+		description>".
+		This file is readonly.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/tcg_operations
+Date:		August 2012
+Contact:	xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+		This attribute shows whether it is allowed to request an
+		operation to be executed in the pre-OS environment by the BIOS
+		for the requests defined by TCG, i.e. requests from 1 to 22.
+		The format is "<request> <status num>: <status description>".
+		This attribute is only supported by PPI version 1.2+.
+		This file is readonly.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/vs_operations
+Date:		August 2012
+Contact:	xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+		This attribute shows whether it is allowed to request an
+		operation to be executed in the pre-OS environment by the BIOS
+		for the verdor specific requests, i.e. requests from 128 to
+		255. The format is same with tcg_operations. This attribute
+		is also only supported by PPI version 1.2+.
+		This file is readonly.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..678819a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/samsung/performance_level
+Date:		January 1, 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.33
+Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:	Some Samsung laptops have different "performance levels"
+		that are can be modified by a function key, and by this
+		sysfs file.  These values don't always make a whole lot
+		of sense, but some users like to modify them to keep
+		their fans quiet at all costs.  Reading from this file
+		will show the current performance level.  Writing to the
+		file can change this value.
+			Valid options:
+				"silent"
+				"normal"
+				"overclock"
+		Note that not all laptops support all of these options.
+		Specifically, not all support the "overclock" option,
+		and it's still unknown if this value even changes
+		anything, other than making the user feel a bit better.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/samsung/battery_life_extender
+Date:		December 1, 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.3
+Contact:	Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com>
+Description:	Max battery charge level can be modified, battery cycle
+		life can be extended by reducing the max battery charge
+		level.
+		0 means normal battery mode (100% charge)
+		1 means battery life extender mode (80% charge)
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/samsung/usb_charge
+Date:		December 1, 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.3
+Contact:	Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com>
+Description:	Use your USB ports to charge devices, even
+		when your laptop is powered off.
+		1 means enabled, 0 means disabled.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fc7810
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+WWhat:		/sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/oled*_img
+Date:		June 2012
+Contact:	linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/oled*_img files control
+		OLED mocro displays on Intuos4 Wireless tablet. Accepted image
+		has to contain 256 bytes (64x32 px 1 bit colour). The format
+		is the same as PBM image 62x32px without header (64 bits per
+		horizontal line, 32 lines). An example of setting OLED No. 0:
+		dd bs=256 count=1 if=img_file of=[path to oled0_img]/oled0_img
+		The attribute is read only and no local copy of the image is
+		stored.
+
+What:		/sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/speed
+Date:		April 2010
+Kernel Version:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/speed file controls
+		reporting speed of Wacom bluetooth tablet. Reading from
+		this file returns 1 if tablet reports in high speed mode
+		or 0 otherwise. Writing to this file one of these values
+		switches reporting speed.
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/0005\:056A\: